Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane (d. 1876) المعجم العربي الإنجليزي لإدوارد وليام لين

Search results for: رمض

امن

امن

1 أَمِنَ, (T, S, M, &c.,) aor. ـَ (T, Msb, K,) inf. n. أَمْنٌ (T, S, M, Msb, K) and إِمْنٌ (Zj, M, K) and أَمَنٌ (M, K) and أَمَنَةٌ (T, S, M, K) and إِمْنَةٌ (T) and أَمَانٌ (M, K) [and app. أَمَانَةٌ, for it is said in the S that this is syn. with أَمَانٌ,] and آمنٌ, an instance of an inf. n. of the measure فَاعِلٌ, which is strange, (MF,) or this is a subst. like فَالِجٌ, (M,) He was, or became, or felt, secure, safe, or in a state of security or safety; originally, he was, or became, quiet, or tranquil, in heart, or mind; (Msb;) he was, or became, secure, or free from fear; أَمْنٌ signifying the contr. of خَوْفٌ, (S, M, K,) and so أَمَنَةٌ (S) and آمِنٌ [&c.]: (M, K:) he was, or became, or felt, free from expectation of evil, or of an object of dislike or hatred, in the coming time; originally, he was, or became, easy in mind, and free from fear. (El-Munáwee, TA.) [See أَمْنٌ, below.] You say also, يَإْمَنُ عَلَى نَفْسِهِ [He is secure, or safe, or free from fear, for himself]. (M.) And أَمِنَ البَلَدُ, meaning The inhabitants of the country or district, or town, were in a state of security, or confidence, therein. (Msb.) The verb is trans. by itself, and by means of the particle مِنْ; as in أَمَنَ زَيْدٌ الأَسَدَ and أَمِنَ مِنَ الأَسَدِ, meaning Zeyd was, or became, or felt, secure from, safe from, [or free from fear of,] the lion. (Msb.) You say also, أَمِنَ كَذِبَ مَنْ

أَخْبَرَهُ [He was secure from, or free from fear of, the lying of him who informed him]. (M.) And لَا آنَنُ أَنْ يَكُونَ كَذلِكَ [I am not free from fear of its being so; I am not sure but that it may be so]. (Mgh in art. نبذ; and other lexicons passim.) And, of a strong-made she camel, أَمِنَتْ

أَنْ تَكُونَ ضَعَيفَةً [She was secure from, or free from fear of, being weak]: (M: [in a copy of the S أُمِنَتْ:]) and أَمِنَتِ العِثَارَ وَالإَعْيَآءٍ [ She was secure from, or free from fear of, stumbling, and becoming jaded]: (M:) and أُمِنَ عِثَارُهَا [Her stumbling was not feared]. (So in a copy of the S.) And, of a highly-prized camel, أُمِنَ أَنْ يُنْحَرَ [It was not feared that he would be slaughtered; or his being slaughtered was not feared]. (M.) [أَمنَهُ sometimes means He was, or became, free from fear, though having cause for fear, of him, or it. i. e. he thought himself secure, or safe, from him or it. (See Kur vii. 97.)] b2: أمِنَهُ (inf. n. أَمْنٌ TK) [and accord. to some copies of the K ↓ آمَنَهُ] and ↓ أمّنهُ (inf. n. تَأْمِينٌ K) and ↓ ائتمنهُ ([written with the disjunctive alif اِيتَمَنَهُ, and] also written اِتَّمَنَهُ, on the authority of Th, which is extr., like اِتَّهَلَ [&c.], M) and ↓ استأمنهُ all signify the same (M, K, TA) [He trusted, or confided, in him; (as also آمن بِهِ, q. v.;) he intrusted him with, or confided to him, power, authority, control, or a charge; he gave him charge over a thing or person: these meanings are vaguely indicated in the M and K and TA.]. You say, يَأْمَنُهُ النَّاسُ وَلَا يَخَافُونَ غَائِلَتَهُ [Men, or people, trust, or confide, in him, and do not fear his malevolence, or mischievousness]. (T, M.) and أَمِنَهُ عَلَى كَذَا (S, Mgh, * Msb *) and ↓ ائتمنهُ عَلَيْهِ, (S, Msb, K,) [He trusted, or confided, in him with respect to such a thing; he intrusted him with, or confided to him, power, authority, control, or a charge, over it; he gave him charge over it;] he made him, or took him as, أَمِين over such a thing. (Mgh.) Hence, in a trad., the مُؤَذِّن is said to be مُؤْتَمَنٌ; i. e. النَّاسُ عَلَ الأَوْقَاتِ الَّتِى يُؤَذَّنُ فِيهَا ↓ يَأْتَمِنُهُ [Men trust, or confide, in him with respect to the times in which he calls to prayer], and know, by his calling to prayer, what they are commanded to do, as to praying and fasting and breaking fast. (Mgh.) It is said in the Kur [xii. 11], مَا لَكَ لَا تَأْمَنُنَا عَلَى يُوسُفَ and [تَأْمَنَّا] with idghám [i. e. What aileth thee that thou dost not trust, or confide, in us with respect to Joseph? or, that thou dost not give us charge over Joseph?]; (S;) meaning, why dost thou fear us for him? (Bd;) some pronouncing the verb in a manner between those of the former and the latter modes of writing it; but Akh says that the latter is better: (S:) some read تِيمَنَّا. (Bd.) You say also, ↓ اُوتُمِنَ فُلَانٌ [Such a one was trusted, or confided, in &c.;] when it begins a sentence, changing the second ء into و; in like manner as you change it into ى when the first is with kesr, as in اِيتَمَنَهُ; and into ا when the first is with fet-h, as in آمَنَ. (S.) The phrase أَمَانَةً ↓ اُوتُمِنَ, in a saying of Mohammad, if it be not correctly عَلَى أَمَانَةٍ, may be explained as implying the meaning of اُسْتُحْفِظَ أَمَانَةً [He was asked to take care of a deposite; or he was intrusted with it]. (Mgh.) [You also say, أَمِنَهُ بِكَذَا, meaning He intrusted him with such a thing; as, for instance, money or other property: see two exs. in the Kur iii. 68.]

A2: أَمُنَ, (M, Mgh, K,) or أَمِنَ, (Msb,) inf. n. أَمَانَةٌ, (M, Mgh, Msb,) He was, or became, trusted in, or confided in: (M, K:) or he was, or became, trusty, trustworthy, trustful, confidential, or faithful: said of a man. (Mgh.) 2 أمّنهُ, inf. n. تَأْمِينٌ: see 4: b2: and see also أَمِنَهُ.

A2: أمّن, inf. n. as above, also signifies He said آمِينَ or أَمِينَ, (T, S, Msb,) after finishing the Fátihah, (T,) or عَلَي الدُّعَآءِ on the occasion of the prayer, or supplication. (Msb.) 4 آمَنَ is originally أَأْمَنَ; the second ء being softened. (S.) You say, آمنهُ, [inf. n. إِيمَانٌ;] (S, M, Msb;) and ↓ أمّنهُ, [inf. n. تَأْمِينٌ;] (M, TA;) meaning He rendered him secure, or safe; (Msb;) he rendered him secure, or free from fear; (S, M, TA;) contr. of أَخَافهُ: (TA:) so in آمَنْتُهُ مِنْهُ I rendered him secure, or safe, from him, or it. (Msb.) And of God you say, آمَنَ عِبادَهُ مِنْ أَنْ يَظْلِمَهُمْ [He hath rendered his servants secure from his wronging them]. (S.) And يُؤْمِنُ عِبَادَهُ مِنْ عَذَابِهِ [ He rendereth his servants secure from his punishment]. (M.) You say also, آمَنْتُ الأَسِيرَ, meaning I gave, or granted, الأَمَان [i. e. security or safety, or protection or safeguard, or the promise or assurance of security or safety, or indemnity, or quarter,] to the captive. (Msb.) And آمَنَ فُلَانٌ الَعَدُوَّ [Such a one granted security, &c., to the enemy], inf. n. as above. (T.) It is said in the Kur ch. ix. [verse 12], accord. to one reading, لَا إِيمَانَ لَهُمْ They have not the attribute of granting protection; meaning that when they grant protection, they do not fulfil their engagement to protect. (T.) A2: إِيمَانٌ also signifies The believing [a thing, or in a thing, and particularly in God]; syn. تَصْدِيقٌ; (T, S, &c.;) by common consent of the lexicologists and other men of science: (T:) its primary meaning is the becoming true to the trust with respect to which God has confided in one, by a firm believing with the heart; not by profession of belief with the tongue only, without the assent of the heart; for he who does not firmly believe with his heart is either a hypocrite or an ignorant person. (T, TA.) Its verb is intrans. and trans. (TA, from a Commentary on the Mutowwal.) You say, آمَنَ, meaning He believed. (T.) and it is said to be trans. by itself, like صَدَّقَ; and by means of بِ, considered as meaning اِعْتِرَافٌ [or acknowledgment]; and by means of لِ, considered as meaning إِذْعَانٌ [or submission]. (TA.) [Thus] you say, [آمنهُ and] آمن بِهِ, (inf. n. إِيمَانٌ, T, K,) namely, a thing. (T, M.) And آمن بِاللّٰهِ He believed in God. (T.) It seems to be meant by what is said in the Ksh [in ii. 2], that آمن بِهِ [or آمَنَهُ] properly signifies آمَنَهُ التَّكْذِيبَ [He rendered him secure from being charged with lying, or falsehood]; and that the meaning he believed him or in him, is tropical; but this is at variance with what its author says in the A; and Es-Saad says that this latter meaning is proper. (TA.) The phrase in the Kur [ix. 61], وَيُؤْمِنُ لِلْمؤْمِنِينَ, accord. to Th, means And he believeth the believers; giveth credit to them. (M.) b2: Sometimes it is employed to signify The acknowledging with the tongue only; and hence, in the Kur [lxiii. 3], ذلِكَ بأَنَّهُمْ آمَنُوا ثُمَّ كَفَرُوا That is because they acknowledged with the tongue, then disacknowledged with the heart. (TA.) b3: Also (assumed tropical:) The trusting, or confiding, or having trust or confidence. (M, K.) [You say, آمن بِهِ, meaning He trusted, or confided, in him, or it: for] the verb of ايمان in this sense is trans. by means of بِ without implication; as Bd says. (TA.) [And it is also trans. by itself: for] you say, مَا آمَنَ أَنْ يَجِدَ صَحَابَةً, meaning (tropical:) He trusted not that he would find companions; (M, * K, * TA;) said of one who has formed the intention of journeying: or the meaning is مَا كَادَ [i. e. he hardly, or scarcely, found &c.; or he was not near to finding &c.]. (M, K.) See also أَمِنَهُ. b4: Also The manifesting humility or submission, and the accepting the Law, (Zj, T, * K,) and that which the Prophet has said or done, and the firm believing thereof with the heart; (Zj, T, M;) without which firm belief, the manifesting of humility or submission, and the accepting that which the Prophet has said or done, is termed إِسْلَامٌ, for which one's blood is to be spared. (T.) [In this sense, it is trans. by means of لِ, accord. to some, as shown above; or by means of بِ, for, accord. to Fei,] you say, آمَنْتُ بِاللّٰهِ, inf. n. as above, meaning I submitted, or resigned, myself to God. (Msb.) [There are numerous other explanations which it is needless to give, differing according to different persuasions. b5: See also إِيمَان below.]8 إِاْتَمَنَ see 1, in five places.10 استأمنهُ He asked, or demanded, of him الأَمَان [i. e. security or safety, or protection or safeguard, or the promise or assurance of security or safety, or indemnity, or quarter]. (T, * Msb, TA.) b2: See also أَمِنَهُ. b3: استأمن إِلَيْهِ He entered within the pale of his أمَان [or protection, or safeguard]. (S, Msb.) أَمْنٌ [an inf. n. of أَمِنِ: as a simple subst. it signifies Security, or safety: (see أَمِنَ:) or] security as meaning freedom from fear; contr. of خَوْفٌ; (S, M, K;) as also ↓ إِمْنٌ (Zj, M, K) and ↓ أَمِنٌ (M, K) and ↓ أَمَنَهُ (S, M, K) [and ↓ إِمْنَةٌ (see أَمِنَ)] and ↓ أَمَانٌ and ↓ آمِنٌ, (M, K,) which last is an inf. n. of أَمِنَ [like the rest], (MF,) or a subst. like فَالِجٌ; (M;) and ↓ أَمَانَةٌ is syn. with أَمَانٌ, (S,) both of these signifying security, or safety, and freedom from fear: (PS:) or أَمْنٌ signifies freedom from expectation of evil, or of an object of dislike or hatred, in the coming time; originally, ease of mind, and freedom from fear. (El-Munáwee, TA.) You say, أَنْتَ فِى أَمْنٍ [Thou art in a state of security], (T, M,) مِنْ ذَاكَ [from that]; and ↓ فى أَمَانٍ signifies the same; (T;) and so ↓ فى آمِنٍ. (M.) And نُعَاسًا ↓ أَمَنَةً, in the Kur [iii. 148], means Security (أَمْنًا) [and slumber]. (S.) ↓ أَمَانٌ also signifies Protection, or safeguard: and [very frequently] a promise, or an assurance, of security or safety; indemnity; or quarter: in Pers\. پَنَاهْ and زِنْهَارٌ: (KL:) syn. إِلُّ. (K in art. ال.) Yousay, ↓ دَخَلَ فِى أَمَانِهِ [He entered within the pale of his protection, or safeguard]. (S, Msb.) [and اللّٰهِ ↓ كُنٌ فِى أَمَانِ Be thou in the protection, or safeguard, of God.] And ↓ أَعْطَيْتُهُ الأَمَانَ [I gave, or granted, to him security or safety, or protection or safeguard, or the promise or assurance of security or safety, or indemnity, or quarter]; namely, a captive. (Msb.) And طَلَبَ

↓ مِنْهُ الأَمَانَ [He asked, or demanded, of him security or safety, or protection or safeguard, &c., as in the next preceding ex.]. (Msb, TA.) b2: أَمْنًا in the Kur ii. 119 means ذَا أَمْن [Possessed of security or safety]: (Aboo-Is-hák, M:) or مَوْضِعَ أَمْنٍ [a place of security or safety; like مَأْمَنًا]. (Bd.) b3: See also آمِنٌ. b4: You say also, مَا أَحْسَنَ أَمْنَكَ, and ↓ أَمَنَكَ, meaning How good is thy religion! and thy natural disposition! (M, K.) إِمْنٌ: see أَمْنٌ.

أَمَنٌ: see أَمْنٌ, first and last sentences.

أَمِنٌ: see آمِنٌ. b2: Also, (K, [there said to be like كَتِفٌ,]) or ↓ آمِنٌ, (M, [so written in a copy of that work,)] Asking, or demanding, or seeking, protection, in order to be secure, or safe, or free from fear, for himself: (M, K:) so says IAar. (M.) إِمْنَةٌ: see أَمْنٌ.

أمَنَةٌ: see أَمْنٌ, in two places: b2: and see also أَمَانَةٌ.

A2: Also A man who trusts, or confides, in every one; (T, S, M;) and so ↓ أُمَنَةٌ: (S:) and who believes in everything that he hears; who disbelieves in nothing: (Lh, T:) or in whom men, or people, trust, or confide, and whose malevolence, or mischievousness, they do not fear: (T, M:) and ↓ أُمَنَةٌ signifies trusted in, or confided in; [like أَمِينٌ;] and by rule should be أُمْنَةٌ, because it has the meaning of a pass. part. n. [like لُعْنَةٌ and ضُحْكَةٌ and لُقْطَلةٌ &c. (see لَقَطٌ)]: (M:) or both signify one in whom every one trusts, or confides, in, or with respect to, everything. (K.) b2: See also أَمِينٌ.

أُمَنَةٌ: see أَمَنَةٌ, in two places.

أَمَانٌ: see أَمْنٌ, in seven places.

أَمُونٌ, applied to a she camel, of the measure فَعُولٌ in the sense of the measure مَفْعُولَةٌ, like عَصُوبٌ and حَلُوبٌ, (tropical:) Trusted, or confided, in; (T;) firmly, compactly, or strongly, made; (T, S, M, K;) secure from, or free from fear of, being weak: (S, M:) also, that is secure from, or free from fear of, stumbling, and becoming jaded: (M:) or strong, so that her becoming languid is not feared: (A, TA:) pl. أُمُنٌ. (M, K.) [See also what next follows.]

أَمينٌ Trusted; trusted in; confided in; (T, * S, * M, Msb, * K;) as also ↓ أُمَّانٌ; (S, M, K;) i. q. ↓ مَأْمُونٌ (S, M, K) and ↓ مُؤْتَمَنٌ: (ISk, T, K:) [a person in whom one trusts or confides; a confidant; a person intrusted with, or to whom is confided, power, authority, control, or a charge, عَلَى شَىْءٍ over a thing; a person intrusted with an affair, or with affairs, i. e., with the management, or disposal, thereof; a confidential agent, or superintendent; a commissioner; a commissary; a trustee; a depositary;] a guardian: (TA:) trusty; trustworthy; trustful; confidential; faithful: (Mgh, Msb: *) pl. أُمَنَآءُ, and, accord. to some, ↓ أَمَنَةٌ, as in a trad. in which it is said, أَصْحَابِى أَمَنَةٌ لِأُمَّتِى, meaning My companions are guardians to my people: or, accord. to others, this is pl. of ↓ آمِنٌ [app. in a sense mentioned below in this paragraph, so that the meaning in this trad. is my companions are persons who accord trust, or confidence, to my people]. (TA.) Hence, أَلَمْ تَعْلَمِى يَا أَسْمَ وَيْحَكِ أَنَّنِى

حَلَفْتُ يَمِينًا لَا أَخُونُ أَمِينِى

[Knowest thou not, O Asmà (أَسْمَآء, curtailed for the sake of the metre), mercy on thee! or woe to thee! that I have sworn an oath that I will not act treacherously to him in whom I trust?] i. e. ↓ مَأْمُونِى: (S:) or the meaning here is, him who trusts, or confides, in me; (ISk, T;) [i. e.] it is here syn. with ↓ آمِنِى. (M.) [Hence also,] الأَمِينُ فِى القِمَارِ, (K voce مُجُمِدٌ, &c.,) or أَمِينُ, القِمَارِ, [The person who is intrusted, as deputy, with the disposal of the arrows in the game called المَيْسِر; or] he who shuffles the arrows; الَّذِى.

يَضْرِبُ بِالقِدَاحِ. (EM p. 105.) [Hence also,] الرُّوحُ الأَمِينُ [The Trusted, or Trusty, Spirit]; (Kur xxvi. 193;) applied to Gabriel, because he is intrusted with the revelation of God. (Bd.) ↓ أُمَّانٌ, mentioned above, and occurring in a verse of El-Aashà, applied to a merchant, is said by some to mean Possessed of religion and excellence. (M.) ↓ مُؤْتَمَنٌ is applied, in a trad., to the مُؤَذِّن, as meaning that men trust, or confide, in him with respect to the times in which he calls to prayer, and know by his call what they are commanded to do as to praying and fasting and breaking fast. (Mgh.) المُعَامَلَةِ ↓ هُوَ مَأْمُونُ means He is [trusty, or trustworthy, in dealing with others; or] free from exorbitance and deceit or artifice or craft to be feared. (Msb.) b2: An aid, or assistant; syn. عَوْنٌ [here app. meaning, as it often does, an armed attendant, or a guard]; because one trusts in his strength, and is without fear of his being weak. (M.) b3: (assumed tropical:) The strong; syn. قَوِىٌّ. (K, TA: [in the latter of which is given the same reason for this signification as is given in the M for that of عون; for which قوى may be a mistranscription; but see أَمُونٌ.]) b4: One who trusts, or confides, in another; (ISk, T, K;) [as also ↓ آمِنٌ, of which see an ex. voce حَذِرٌ;] so accord. to ISk in the verse cited above in this paragraph: (T:) thus it bears two contr. significations. (K.) b5: See also آمِنٌ, in five places.

A2: And see آمِينَ.

أَمَانَةٌ: see أَمْنٌ, first sentence. b2: Trustiness; trustworthiness; trustfulness; faithfulness; fidelity; (M, Mgh, K;) as also ↓ أَمَنَةٌ. (M, K.) أَمَانَةُ اللّٰهِ [for أَمَانَةُ اللّٰهِ قَسَمِي or مَا أُقْسِمُ The faithfulness of God is my oath or that by which I swear] is composed of an inf. n. prefixed to the agent, and the former is in the nom. case as an inchoative; the phrase being like لَعَمْرُ اللّٰهِ, as meaning an oath; and the enunciative being suppressed, and meant to be understood: accord. to some, you say, أَمَانَةَ اللّٰهِ [app. for نَشَدْتُكَ أَمَانَةَ اللّٰهِ I adjure thee, or conjure thee, by the faithfulness of God, or the like], making it to be governed in the accus. case by the verb which is to be understood: and some correctly say, وَأَمَانَةِ اللّٰهِ [By the faithfulness of God], with the و which denotes an oath: (Mgh:) or this last is an oath accord. to Aboo-Haneefeh; but Esh-Sháfi'ee does not reckon it as such: and it is forbidden in a trad. to swear by الأَمَانَة; app. because it is not one of the names of God. (TA.) [Or these phrases may have been used, in the manner of an oath, agreeably with explanations here following.]

A2: A thing committed to the trust and care of a person; a trust; a deposite; (Mgh, Msb;) and the like: (Msb:) property committed to trust and care: (TA:) pl. أَمَانَاتٌ. (Mgh, Msb.) It is said in the Kur [viii. 27], وَتَخُونُوا أَمَانَاتِكُمْ [Nor be ye unfaithful to the trusts committed to you]. (Mgh.) And in the same [xxxiii. 72], إِنَّا عَرَضْنَاالأَمَانَةَ عَلَى

السّموَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِوَالْجِبَالِ فَأَبَيْنَ أَنْ يَحْمِلْنَهَا وَأَشْفَقْنَ مِنْهَا وَحَمَلَهَا الْإِنْسَانُ [Verily we proposed, or offered, the trust which we have committed to man to the heavens and the earth and the mountains, and (accord. to explanations of Bd and others) they refused to take it upon themselves, or to accept it, and they feared it, but man took it upon himself, or accepted it: or, (accord. to another explanation of Bd, also given in the T, and in the K in art. حمل, &c.,) they refused to be unfaithful to it, and they feared it, but man was unfaithful to it: but in explaining what this trust was, authors greatly differ: accord. to some,] الامانة here means obedience; so called because the rendering thereof is incumbent: or the obedience which includes that which is natural and that which depends upon the will: [for] it is said that when God created these [celestial and terrestrial] bodies, He created in them understanding: or it may here [and in some other instances] mean reason, or intellect: [and the faculty of volition: and app. conscience: these being trusts committed to us by God, to be faithfully employed: (see an ex. voce جَذْرٌ:)] and the imposition of a task or duty or of tasks or duties [app. combined with reason or intellect, which is necessary for the performance thereof]: (Bd:) or it here means prayers and other duties for the performance of which there is recompense and for the neglect of which there is punishment: (Jel:) or, accord. to I'Ab and Sa'eed Ibn-Jubeyr, (T,) the obligatory statutes which God has imposed upon his servants: (T, K: *) or, (T, K,) accord. to Ibn-'Omar, [the choice between] obedience and disobedience was offered to Adam, and he was informed of the recompense of obedience and the punishment of disobedience: but, in my opinion, he says, (T,) it here means the intention which one holds in the heart, (T, K,) with respect to the belief which he professes with the tongue, and with respect to all the obligatory statutes which he externally fulfils; (K;) because God has confided to him power over it, and not manifested it to any [other] of his creatures, so that he who conceives in his mind, with respect to the acknowledgment of the unity of God, (T, K,) and with respect to belief [in general], (T,) the like of that which he professes, he fulfils the امانة [or trust], (T, K,) and he who conceives in his mind disbelief while he professes belief with the tongue is unfaithful thereto, and every one who is unfaithful to that which is confided to him is [termed] حَامِلٌ, (T,) or حَامِلُ الأَمَانَةِ, and مُحْتَمِلُهَا: (Bd:) and by الإِنْسَانُ is here meant the doubting disbeliever. (T.) b2: Also, [as being a trust committed to him by God, A man's] family, or household; syn. أَهْلٌ. (TA.) أُمَّانٌ: see أَمينٌ, in two places.

A2: Also One who does not write; as though he were (كَأَنَّهُ [in the CK لاَنَّهُ because he is]) an أُمِّى. (K, TA.) [But this belongs to art. ام; being of the measure فُعْلَانٌ, like عُرْيَانٌ.] b2: And A sower, or cultivator of land; [perhaps meaning a clown, or boor;] syn. زَرَّاعٌ: (CK:) or sowers, or cultivators of land; syn. زُرَّاعٌ: (K, TA:) in one copy of the K زِرَاع. (TA.) آمِنٌ Secure, safe, or free from fear; as also ↓ أَمِينٌ (Lh, T, * S, * M, Msb, K) and ↓ أَمِنٌ. (M, K.) Hence, in the Kur [xcv. 3], ↓ وَهذَا الْبَلَدِ الْأَمِينِ [And this secure town]; (Akh, Lh, T, S, M;) meaning Mekkeh. (M.) بَلَدٌ آمِنٌ and ↓ أَمِينٌ means A town, or country, or district, of which the inhabitants are in a state of security, or confidence, therein. (Msb.) It is also said in the Kur [xliv. 51], ↓ إِنَّ الْمُتَّقِينَ فِي مَقَامٍ أَمِينٍ, meaning [Verily the pious shall be in an abode] wherein they shall be secure from the accidents, or casualties, of fortune. (M.) [And hence,] ↓ الأَمِينُ is one of the epithets applied to God, (Mgh, K,) on the authority of El-Hasan; (Mgh;) an assertion requiring consideration: it may mean He who is secure with respect to the accidents, or casualties, of fortune: but see المُؤْمِنُ, which is [well known as] an epithet applied to God. (TA.) آمِنُ المَالِ means What is secure from being slaughtered, of the camels, because of its being highly prized; by المال being meant الإِبِل: or, as some say, (tropical:) what is highly esteemed, of property of any kind; as though, if it had intellect, it would feel secure from being exchanged. (M.) You say, أَعْطَيْتُهُ مِنْ آمِنِ مَالِي, (K, TA, [in the CK آمَنِ,]) meaning (tropical:) I gave him of the choice, or best, of my property; of what was highly esteemed thereof; (K, TA;) and مَالِى ↓ مِنْ أَمْنِ which Az explains as meaning of the choice, or best, of my property. (TA: [in which is given a verse cited by ISk showing that أَمْن, thus used, is not a mistranscription for آمِن.]) And آمِنُ الحِلْمِ means Steadfast in forbearance or clemency; of whose becoming disordered in temper, and free from self-restraint, there is no fear. (M.) b2: See also أَمِينٌ, in three places: b3: and see اَمِنٌ.

A2: See also أَمِينٌ, in two places.

آمِينَ [in the CK, erroneously, آمِينُ] and ↓ أَمِينَ; (Th, T, S, M, Mgh, Msb, K;) both chaste and well known, (TA,) the latter of the dial. of El-Hijáz, (Msb, TA,) as some say, (TA,) [and this, though the less common, is the original form, for] the medd in the former is only to give fulness of sound to the fet-hah of the أ, (Th, M, Msb, TA,) as is shown by the fact that there is no word in the Arabic language of the measure فَاعِيلٌ; (Msb, TA;) and some pronounce the former آمِّينَ, (K,) which is said by some of the learned to be a dial. var., (Msb,) but this is a mistake, (S, Msb,) accord. to authorities of good repute, and is one of old date, originating from an assertion of Ahmad Ibn-Yahyà, [i. e. Th,] that آمِينَ is like عَاصِينَ, by which he was falsely supposed to mean its having the form of a pl., [and being consequently آمِّينَ,] (Msb, [and part of this is said in the M,]) whereas he thereby only meant that the م is without teshdeed, like the ص in عَاصِينَ; (M;) beside that the sense of قَاصِدِينَ [which is that of آمِّينَ, from أَمَّ,] would be inconsistent after the last phrase of the first chapter of the Kur [where آمينَ is usually added]; (Msb;) and sometimes it is pronounced with imáleh, [i. e. “émeena,”] as is said by ElWáhidee in the Beseet; (K;) but this is unknown in works on lexicology, and is said to be a mispronunciation of some of the Arabs of the desert of El-Yemen: (MF:) each form is indecl., (S,) with fet-h for its termination, like أَيْنَ and كَيْفَ, to prevent the occurrence of two quiescent letters together: (T, S, TA:) it is a word used immediately after a prayer, or supplication: (S, * M:) [it is best expressed, when occurring in a translation, by the familiar Hebrew equivalent Amen:] El-Fárisee says that it is a compound of a verb and a noun; (M;) meaning answer Thou me; [i. e. answer Thou my prayer;] (M, Mgh;*) or O God, answer Thou: (Zj, T, Msb, K:) or so be it: (AHát, S, Msb, K:) or so do Thou, (K, TA,) O Lord: (TA:) it is strangely asserted by some of the learned, that, after the Fátihah, [or Opening Chapter of the Kur-án,] it is a prayer which implies all that is prayed for in detail in the Fátihah: so in the Towsheeh: (MF:) or it is one of the names of God: (M, Msb, K:) so says El-Hasan (M, Msb) El-Basree: (Msb:) but the assertion that it is for يَا اَللّٰهُ [O God], and that اسْتَجِبٌ [answer Thou] is meant to be understood, is not correct accord. to the lexicologists; for, were it so, it would be with refa, not nasb. (T.) إِيمَانٌ [inf. n. of 4, q. v. b2: Used as a simple subst., Belief; particularly in God, and in his word and apostles &c.: faith: trust, or confidence: &c.] b3: Sometimes it means Prayer; syn. صَلَاةٌ: as in the Kur [ii. 138], where it is said, وَمَا كَانَ اللّٰهُ لِيُضِيعَ إِيَمانَكُمْ, (Bd, Jel, TA,) i. e. [God will not make to be lost] your prayer towards Jerusalem, (Bd, * Jel,) as some explain it. (Bd.) b4: Sometimes, also, it is used as meaning The law brought by the Prophet. (Er-Rághib, TA.) مَأْمَنٌ A place of security or safety or freedom from fear; or where one feels secure. (M, TA.) مُؤْمَنٌ pass. part. n. of آمَنَهُ. (T.) It is said in the Kur [iv. 96], accord. to one reading, (T, M,) that of Aboo-Jaafar El-Medenee, (T,) لَسْتَ مُؤْمَنًا [Thou art not granted security, or safety, &c.; or] we will not grant thee security, &c. (T, M.) مُؤْمِنٌ [act. part. n. of 4; Rendering secure, &c.]. المُؤْمِنُ is an epithet applied to God; meaning He who rendereth mankind secure from his wronging them: (T, S:) or He who rendereth his servants secure from his punishment: (M, IAth:) i. q. المُهَيْمِنُ, (M,) which is originally المُؤَأْمِنُ; [for the form مُفْعِلٌ is originally مُؤَفْعِلٌ;] the second ء being softened, and changed into ى, and the first being changed into ه: (S:) or the Believer of his servants (Th, M, TA) the Muslims, on the day of resurrection, when the nations shall be interrogated respecting the messages of their apostles: (TA:) or He who will faithfully perform to his servants what He hath promised them: (T, TA:) or He who hath declared in his word the truth of his unity. (T.) b2: [Also Believing, or a believer; particularly in God, and in his word and apostles &c.: faithful: trusting, or confiding: &c.: see 4.]

مَأْمُونٌ: see أَمِينٌ, in three places. b2: مَأْمُونَةٌ A woman whose like is sought after and eagerly retained because of her valuable qualities. (M.) مَأْمُونِيَّةٌ A certain kind of food; so called in relation to El-Ma-moon. (TA.) مُؤْتَمَنٌ: see أَمِينٌ, in two places.

اوب

اوب

1 آبَ, aor. ـُ (T, S, &c.,) inf. n. أَوْبٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and إِيَابٌ and أَوْبَةٌ (T, S, M, K) and أَيْبَةٌ, (M, K,) ى taking the place of و, (M,) and إِيبَةٌ (Lh, M, K) and مَآبٌ [like مَآلٌ], (Msb, TA,) He (an absent person, T) returned (T, S, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K) to his place, (Sh,) or to a thing, (M,) or from his journey; (Msb;) as also ↓ أوّب, (M,) inf. n. تَأْوِيبٌ and تَأْيِيبٌ; (K;) and ↓ تأوّب; (M, K;) and ↓ ائتاب [written with the disjunctive alif اِيتَابَ]; (S;) and ↓ أَيَّبَ, [a quasi-quadriliteralradical verb, originally أَيْوَبَ,] of the measure فَيْعَلَ, (M,) inf. n. إيَّابٌ, (M, K,) originally

إيوَابٌ, of the measure فِيعَالٌ, (M, TA,) or, accord. to Fr, إِيَّابٌ is incorrect, and the right word is إِيَابٌ: (TA:) [and if so, أَيَّبَ is perhaps changed from أَوَّبَ, like as أَيْبَةٌ is from أَوْبَةٌ; and تَأْيِيبٌ is perhaps its inf. n., changed from تَأْوِيبٌ:] or, as some say, إِيَابٌ signifies only the returning to one's family at night: (M, TA:) and أَهْلَهُ ↓ تأوّب and اهله ↓ ائتاب [as well as آبَ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ] signify he returned to his family at, or in, the night: (T, TA:) or آبَ إِلَيْهِمْ, (S,) [or آبَهُمْ, accord. to a copy of the A, where we find أُبْتُ بَنِي فُلَانٍ,] aor. as above; (TA;) and ↓ تَأَوَّبَهُمْ (S, A, K) and ↓, تَأَيَّبَهُمْ, (K,) ى taking the place of و, (TA,) inf. n. مُتَأَوَّبٌ and مُتَأَيَّبٌ, (M, * [in which the two forms of the verb are also given, but with the sing. pronoun of the third Pers\. instead of the pl.,] and K,) each in the form of a pass. part. n.; (TA;) he came to them at night: (S, M, * A, K:) and آبَ المَآءَ, (M,) inf. n. أَوْبٌ, (K,) signifies he came to the water, to drink, at night; as also ↓ ائتابهُ; (M, K;) and ↓ تأوّبهُ: (M:) or, accord. to Az, تَأَوَّبتُ signifies I came in the beginning of the night. (S.) You say also, آبَتِ الشَّمْسُ, (T, S, &c.,) aor. ـُ (M,) inf. n. مَآبٌ, (T,) or إِيَابٌ [in the CK اَياب] and أُيُوبٌ, (M, K,) The sun returned from its place of rising, and set: (Msb:) or the sun set; (T, S, M, A, K;) as though it returned to the place whence it commenced its course; (M;) [or] it is a dial. var. of غَابَت. (S.) And آبَ إِلَيْهِ People came to him from every direction, or quarter. (TA, from a trad.) The poet Sáideh Ibn-El-'Ajlán uses the expression, لَآبَكَ مُرْهَفٌ, meaning A thin sword would have come to thee; in which the verb may be trans. by itself, or the prep. إِلَى may be understood. (M, TA.) b2: He returned from disobedience to obedience; he repented. (TA.) and آبَ إِلَى اللّٰهِ He returned unto God from his sin, or offence, and repented. (Msb.) b3: آبَ بِهِ إِلَيْهِ He made him to return to him, or it; as also إلَيْهِ ↓ اوّبهُ. (M.) And آبَ يَدَهُ إِلَى سَيْفِهِ, (as in a copy of the T,) or بِيَدِهِ, (as in a copy of the A, [which is probably here the more correct],) He put back his hand to his sword to draw it: (Lth, T, A:) and الى قَوْسِهِ [to his bow] to draw it: and الى سَهْمِهِ [to his arrow] to shoot it. (A.) b4: See also 2.2 أوّب: see 1, first sentence: b2: and the same again, near the end. b3: He repeated, or echoed, the praises of God: thus in the saying [in the Kur xxxiv. 10], يَا جِبَالُ أَوِّبِى مَعَهُ 0 mountains, repeat ye, or echo ye, the praises of God with him; [i. e., with David;] (S, * M, TA;) but some read معه ↓ اُوبِى, meaning return ye with him in praising as often as he returneth therein: (M, TA:) or, accord. to the former reading, the meaning is, 0 mountains, labour ye with him in praising God all the day, until the night: (T:) for b4: أوّب, (T, A,) inf. n. تَأْوِيبٌ, (T, A, K) also signifies It (a company of men) journeyed by day: (Aboo-Málik, T:) or all the day, (T, A, K,) to the night, (T,) without alighting to rest: (TA:) تأويب being the same kind of day-journeying as إِسْآدٌ is of night-journeying: (T, M:) or he journeyed all the day, and alighted at night: (T, S:) or he journeyed by night: (Msb:) or تأويب (M, L, K) and ↓ مُؤَاوَبَةٌ (Lth, T, L, K) signify the vying, one with another, of travellingcamels, in pace, or going. (Lth, T, M, L, K.) A poet says, ↓ تَجِدْهُ مِئْوَبَا ↓ وَإِنْ تُؤَاوِبْهُ [And if thou, or they, (meaning camels,) vie with him in pace, or going, thou wilt, or they will, find him to be one that overcomes therein]: so as related by Lth: but as related by others, تُؤَوِّبْهُ. (T.) 3 آوب, inf. n. مُؤَاوَبَةٌ: see 2, in two places.5 تأوّب and تأيّب: see 1, in five places.8 ائتاب: see 1, in three places. Q. Q. 1 أَيَّبَ, originally أَيْوَبَ: see 1, first sentence.

آبُ The name of a [Syrian] month [corresponding to August, O. S.]: an arabicized word. (IAar, M, K.) أَوْبٌ an inf. n. of 1. (S, M, Msb, K.) b2: Also The returning of the fore and hind legs of a beast in going along: (T, M, A, * K:) or quickness in the changing, or shifting, of the fore and hind legs in going along: (S:) and simply quickness, or swiftness. (M, K.) One says, مَا أَعْجَبَ أَوْبَ يَدَيْهَا How wonderful is the returning [or quick shifting] of her fore legs! (A.) And to one going at a quick pace, one says, الأَوْبَ الأَوْبَ [meaning Keep to the quick changing, or shifting, of the legs; a verb being understood: or Trot on! Trot on!]. (A.) b3: A right, or direct, way, course, or tendency; syn. قَصْدٌ and اِسْتِقَامَةٌ. (M [in which these two syns. are mentioned together] and K [in which another explanation intervenes between them, namely عادة, as though they were meant to be understood in different senses, which I do not think to be the case].) b4: A direction: as in the saying, رَمَى أَوبًا أَوْ أَوْبَيْنِ [He shot, or cast, in one direction, or in two directions]. (M, A.) b5: A course, way, mode, or manner, of acting, or conduct, or the like: (A:) custom. (Lh, M, A, K.) You say, كُنْتُ عَلَى صَوْبِ فُلَانٍ وَأَوْبِهِ I was [proceeding] in the course, way, mode, or manner, of acting, &c., of such a one. (A.) and مَا زَالَ هٰذَا أَوْبَهُ This ceased not to be his course, way, mode, or manner, &c.: (A:) or his custom. (Lh, M, A.) b6: A way, or road: (M, Msb, K:) a quarter: ('Eyn, M, A, K:) a tract, or side: ('Eyn, S:) a place: (S:) a place to which one returns [like مَآبٌ]. (A, Msb.) You say, جَاؤُوا مِنْ كُلِّ أَوْبٍ They came from every way, or road, (M, Msb,) or quarter, ('Eyn, M, A,) or tract, or side, ('Eyn, S,) and place, (S,) or place to which one returns. (A, Msb.) And أَوْبَا الوَادِى signifies The two sides of the valley. (A.) A2: Bees: (M, K:) a quasi-pl. n.: as though the sing. were آئِبٌ: AHn says that they are so called because of their returning to the مَبَآءَة, i. e. the place where they hive for the night. (M, TA.) See آئِبٌ. b2: The clouds. (K.) b3: The wind. (K.) أَوْبَةٌ and ↓ أَيْبَةٌ Return; (T, A, K;) as also ↓ إِيَابَةٌ, a subst. from آبَ. (Msb.) You say, لِيَهْنِئْكَ أَوْبَةُ الغَائِبِ [May the return of the absent give thee joy]. (TA.) And فُلانٌ سَرِيعُ الأَوْبَةِ and ↓ الأَيْبَةِ Such a one is quick in return. (A 'Obeyd, T, S. *) b2: Return from disobedience to obedience; repentance. (TA in art. ايب.) b3: كَلَامٌ لَا أَوْبَةَ لَهُ Speech, or language, without profit. (A.) A2: أَوْبَةٌ is also the sing. of أَوْبَاتٌ, which signifies The legs of a beast. (K, TA.) أَيْبَةٌ: see أَوْبَةٌ, in two places.

A2: Also, (as in some copies of the K,) or ↓ إِيبَةٌ, (accord. to the CK,) or ↓ آئِبَةٌ, (accord. to the TK,) A noon-day draught or drink. (K.) إِيبَةٌ: see what next precedes.

أَوُوبٌ A she-camel quick in the changing, or shifting, of her fore and kind legs in going along. (S.) إِيَابَةٌ: see أَوْبَةٌ.

أَوَّابٌ Frequent in returning. (T.) b2: Frequent in returning unto God, from one's sins; (M, TA;) wont to repent, or frequent in repenting: (Zj, T, A, Mgh, Msb:) or turning from disobedience to obedience: or (S, L:) or a praiser of God; (Sa'eed Ibn-Jubeyr, TA;) by which is here meant, in the prayer of the period of the forenoon called الضُّحَى, when the sun is high, and the heat violent; hence termed صَلَاةُ الأَوَّابِينَ; which is performed when the young camels feel the heat of the sun from the parched ground: (TA:) or obedient: (Katádeh, TA:) or one who reflects upon his sins in solitude, and prays God to forgive them: (TA:) or one who keeps, or is mindful of, the ordinances prescribed by God, (حَفِيظٌ, [which is thus explained by Bd and Jel as occurring in the Kur l. 31,]) and does not rise from his sitting-place until he begs forgiveness of God: ('Obeyd Ibn-'Omeyr, T, TA: * [but this is evidently meant as an explanation of أَوَّابٌ together with حَفِيظٌ: see the Kur ubi suprà:]) or one who sins, and then returns to obedience, and then sins, and then returns to obedience. (TA.) آئِبٌ act. part. n. of آبَ; Returning: [&c.:] (M, Msb:) pl. أُوَّابٌ and أُيَّابٌ and ↓ أَوْبٌ [q. v.]: (M, K:) or, accord. to some, the last is a quasipl. n. (M, TA.) آئِبَةٌ The coming of camels to water, to drink, every night: whence the saying, لَا تَرِدَنَّ المَآءَ إِلَّا آئِبَهْ [Do not thou come to the water, to drink, unless coming to it every night]. (IAar, M.) b2: See also أَيْبَةٌ.

مَآبٌ A place to which one returns: (T, S, K:) a settled, or fixed, abode, or dwelling-place: (TA:) the place to which one is translated, or removed, by death: (K, TA:) the goal to which the course of life ultimately leads one; or place to which one returns in the ultimate state, or world to come. (T, TA.) b2: The place where the sun sets. (TA.) b3: [A day-journey: pl. مَآوِبُ; as in the saying,] بَيْنَهُمَ ثَلَاثُ مَآوِبَ Between them two are three day-journeys. (K.) مِئْوَبٌ [A camel that overcomes in vying with another, or others, in pace, or going]: see an ex. voce أَوَّبَ. (T.) مَآبَةُ البِئْرِ [The place where the water flows again into the well to supply the deficiency occasioned by drawing;] the مَبَآءَة of the well; i. e. the place where the water collects in the well. (TA.) رِيحٌ مُؤَوِبَةٌ, (IB, CK,) or مُؤَوَّبَةٌ, (as in a copy of the M, and in some copies of the K,) A wind blowing throughout the whole day: (M, K:) or a wind that comes at night. (IB.) مُؤْتَابٌ: see مُتَأَوِّبٌ, in two places.

مُتَأَوَّبٌ an inf. n. of 5, q. v.; as also ↓ مُتَأَيَّبٌ. (M, * K.) مُتَأَوِّبٌ Returning to one's family at, or in, the night; as also ↓ مُؤْتَابٌ: (TA:) or, as also ↓ مُتَأَيِبٌ, coming at night: or coming in the beginning of the night: (S:) [and so ↓ مُؤْتَابٌ, as in the following ex.:] وَمَنْ يَتَّقْ فَإِنَّ اللّٰهَ مَعْهُ وَرِزْقُ اللّٰهِ مُؤْتَابٌ وَغَادِ [And whoso feareth God, verily God is with him; and the supply of God cometh to him at night, or in the beginning of the night, and cometh early in the morning: يَتَّقْ being here put for يَتَّقِ, by a necessary poetical licence: see art. وقى]. (S.) مُتَأَيَّبٌ: see مُتَأَوَّبٌ.

مُتَأَيِبٌ: see مُتَأَوِّبٌ.

تتر

تتر



التَّتَرُ [and التَّتَارُ and التَاتَارُ] A certain people, or nation, (K,) [called by us the Tartars,] in the furthest countries of the East, in the mountains of طغماج, on the confines of China, (TA,) bordering upon the Turks, (K,) more than six months' journey from Má-waráä-n-nahr: so in the Murooj edh-Dhahab. (TA.) تَتْرَى and تَتْرًى: see art. وتر.

زكى

زك

ى1 زَكِىَ, (K,) aor. ـْ inf. n. زَكَاةٌ, i. q. زَكَا, aor. ـْ as meaning It increased, or augmented; (Lh, ISd, K, * TA;) and produced fruit: (TA:) and ↓ تزكّى signifies the same. (K.) A2: Also He thirsted. (Th, K.) 5 تَزَكَّىَ see above; and see art. زكو.

زَكِىٌّ: see art. زكو.

بر

بر

1 بَرَّ, [first Pers\. بَرِرْتُ,] aor. ـَ (T, M, Msb,) inf. n. بِرٌّ, (M, Msb, K,) He was pious [towards his father or parents, and (tropical:) towards God; (see the explanations of the verb as used transitively;) and was kind, or good and affectionate and gentle in behaviour, towards his kindred; and kind, or good, in his dealings with strangers]: (Msb:) he was good, just, righteous, virtuous, or honest: (T, Msb:) [or he was amply, largely, or extensively, good or beneficent:] and he was true, or veracious. (M, Msb, K.) [Authorities differ as to the primary signification of this verb, and as to the subordinate meanings: see بِرٌّ below.] You say also, بَرَّ فِى قَوْلِهِ, (Msb, TA,) and فِى يَمِينِهِ, (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) first Pers\. بَرِرْتُ (T, A, Mgh, K) and بَرَرْتُ, (K,) aor. ـَ (M, Msb) and يَبِرٌّ, (M,) inf. n. بِرٌّ (S, M, K) and بَرٌّ, (K,) or بُرُورٌ, (Msb,) He was true, or veracious, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, TA,) in his saying, (Msb, TA,) and in his oath. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) b2: بَرَّ عَمَلَهُ, and بُرَّ, inf. n. بِرٌّ and بُرُورٌ; and ↓ أَبَرَّ; [His deed, or work, was, or proved, good; or was well, or sinlessly, performed;] all signify the same. (M.) And بُرَّ العَمَلُ, i. e. الحَجُّ, a form of benediction, said to a person come from pilgrimage, May the deed, or work, i. e. the pilgrimage, have been sinlessly performed. (TA.) And بَرَّ حَجُّهُ, (T, S, A, Msb, K,) aor. ـَ (T,) inf. n. بِرٌّ (S, Msb,) or بُرُورٌ; (T;) and بُرَّ حَجُّهُ, (Fr, T, S, M, K,) aor. ـَ inf. n. بِرٌّ; (T;) His pilgrimage was sinlessly performed: (Sh, T:) or was characterized by the giving of food, and by sweetness of speech; as explained by Mohammad himself: was accepted: was rewarded. (TA.) b3: بَرَّ, (A, Msb, K,) aor. ـَ (T, M, K) and يَبِرُّ, (M, K,) inf. n. بِرٌّ (M, Msb, K) and بَرٌّ and بُرُورٌ, (M, K,) It (a saying, Msb, and an oath, T, A, M, Msb, K) was, or proved, true. (M, A, * Msb, * K, * TA.) [See an ex. voce أَلِيَّةٌ, in art. الو.] b4: بَرَّتْ بِى سِلْعَتُهُ, inf. n. بِرٌّ, (tropical:) His commodity, or article of merchandise, was easy of sale to me, (Aboo-Sa'eed, T, A, *) and procured me gain: (A:) originally meaning it recompensed me, by its high price, for my care of it. (T.) [See also بَرَّهُ, below.]

A2: بَرَّ وَالِدَهُ, (M,) [and app. بِوَالِدِهِ, (see بَرٌّ,)] first Pers\. بَرِرْتُ (S, M, Msb, K) and بَرَرْتُ, (M, K,) aor. ـَ (S, M, Msb, K) and يَبِرُّ, (M, K,) inf. n. بِرٌّ (S, M, Msb, K) and مَبَرَّةٌ (S, K, Msb *) and بُرُورٌ, (Msb,) He treated, or behaved towards, his father with filial piety, duty, or obedience; (TA;) or with ample obedience; (B;) the inf. ns. signifying the contr. of عُقُوقٌ: (S, M, A, K:) he treated, or behaved towards, his father with good obedience, and with gentleness, or courtesy, striving to do the things that were pleasing to him, and to avoid what were displeasing to him. (Msb.) And [hence, app., for accord. to the A it is tropical.] بَرَّ خَالِقَهُ, (S,) or رَبَّهُ, (A,) aor. ـَ (S, A,) inf. n. بِرٌّ; (T, S, M, K;) and ↓ تبرّرهُ; (S, K; *) (tropical:) He obeyed his Creator, or his Lord; (S, M, * A, K; *) [was pious towards Him;] served Him; rendered religious service to Him: (TA:) or rendered Him ample obedience: the obedience here meant is of two kinds; namely, that of belief and that of works; and both these kinds are meant by البِرّ in the Kur ii. 172. (B.) [And app. بَرَّتْ وَلَدَهَا, or بِوَلَدِهَا, She behaved with maternal affection towards her child, or offspring. (See بَرٌّ.)] And بَرَّهُ, (M,) and بَرَّ رَحِمَهُ, (T,) first Pers\. بَرِرْتُ, (T, M,) inf. n. بِرٌّ, (T, M, K,) He behaved towards him, and towards his kindred, or relations, with kindness, or goodness and affection and gentleness, and regard for his, or their, circumstances; syn. وَصَلَهُ [and وَصَلَهُمْ]: (T, M, K:) such is said to be the signification of the verb as use in the Kur lx. 8. (M, B, TA. [See also 3.]) And اَللّٰهُ يَبَرُّ عِبَادَهُ (assumed tropical:) God is merciful to his servants: (M, TA:) or بَرَّهُ, inf. n. بِرٌّ, said of God, means He recompensed him, or rewarded him, for his obedience. (B, TA.) [بَرَّهُ بِكَذَا (occurring in the S and K in explanation of أَلْطَفَهُ بِكَذَا) may be rendered He showed kindness, &c., to him by such a thing, or such an action, &c.: and also he presented him with such a thing; like وَصَلَهُ بِكَذَا.] b2: بَرَّ اللّٰهُ حَجَّهُ, (T, S, Msb,) aor. ـَ (Msb,) inf. n. بِرٌّ, (S,) or بُرُورٌ, (Msb,) God accepted his pilgrimage; (S, Msb;) as also ↓ ابرّهُ: (T, S, M, Msb:) the latter alone is allowed by Fr: (M, TA:) [though بُرَّ حَجُّهُ and عَمَلُهُ, mentioned above, are well known; as is the pass. part. n. مَبْرُورٌ, which see below:] and one says, [in like manner,] اللّٰهُ عَمَلُهُ ↓ ابرّ [God accepted his deed, or work, as good; approved it]. (M.) b3: See also 4, in three places.

A3: بَرَّ, (TK,) inf. n. بِرٌّ, (S, K,) He drove sheep or goats: (IAar, S, K:) or he called them. (Yoo.) [See also بِرٌّ below.]3 بارّهُ, inf. n. مُبَارَّةٌ, He behaved towards him with kindness, or goodness and affection and gentleness, and regard for his circumstances; or he did so, experiencing from him the same behaviour; syn. of the inf. n. مُلَاطَفَةٌ. (S and K in art. لطف: but only the inf. n. is there mentioned. [See also 1.]) 4 ابرّ عَمَلُهُ: see 1.

A2: ابرّ حَجَّهُ, and عَمَلَهُ: see 1, near the end of the paragraph. b2: ابرّ القَوْلَ, (Msb,) and اليَمِينَ, (T, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K,) He executed, or performed, the saying, and the oath, truly. (M, A, Mgh, Msb, K.) Accord. to El-Ahmar, one also says, قَسَمِى ↓ بَرِرْتُ; but none other asserts this. (T, TA.) b3: ابراللّٰهُ قَسَمَهُ, (T, TA,) inf. n. إِبْرَارٌ; and ↓ بَرَّهُ, inf. n. بِرٌّ; God verified his oath. (TA.) b4: ابرّ فُلَانٌ قَسَمَ فُلَانٍ

Such a one assented, or consented, to the conjurement of such a one: أَحْنَثُهُ signifies “ he assented not,” or “ consented not, thereto. ” (T, TA.) A3: ابرّ عَلَيْهِمْ, (S, M, K,) inf. n. as above, (T, TA,) He overcame them: (T, S, M, K:) he subdued them, or overcame them, by good or other actions; (TA;) by actions or sayings; (TA;) as also ↓ بَرَّهُمْ, aor. ـُ (T, K, TA:) he was refractory, or stubborn, and overcame them. (TA, from a trad.) You say, ابرّ عَلَى خَصْمِهِ [He overcame his adversary]. (A.) And ابرّ عَلَيْهِمْ شَرًّا [He overcame them in evil]: and hence ابرّ is used in the sense of فَجَرَ [he transgressed, &c.]; as in the saying of a poet, فَلَسْتُ أُبَالِى مَنْ أَبَرَّ وَ مَنْ فَجَرْ [Then I care not who acts wickedly and who transgresses]. (IAar, M.) A4: ابرّ [from بَرٌّ] He rode, or journeyed, upon the land. (ISk, S, A, K.) Opposed to أَبْحَرَ. (A.) 5 تبرّر [He affected, or endeavoured to characterize himself by, بِرّ, i. e. filial piety, &c.]. b2: قَدْ تَبَرَّرْتَ فِى أَمْرِنَا Thou hast abstained from crime, or sin, or the like, in our affair, or business, or case. (T, TA.) A2: تبرّر خَالِقَهُ: see 1.6 تبارّوا They practised mutual بِرّ [meaning kindness, or goodness and affection and gentleness, and regard for each other's circumstances]. (S.) R. Q. 1 بَرْبَرَ, inf. n. بَرْبَرَةٌ, He talked much, and raised a clamour, or confused noise, (M, K,) with his tongue: (M:) he cried, or cried out, (S, K,) and talked in anger, (S,) or talked confusedly, with anger and aversion. (TA.) and بَرْبَرَ فِى كَلَامِهِ He was profuse and unprofitable in his talk. (Fr.) b2: Also, inf. n. as above, He (a goat) uttered a cry or cries, [or rattled,] (M, K,) being excited by desire of the female. (M.) بَرٌّ [originally بَرِرٌ] (M, Msb, K) and ↓ بَارٌّ (Msb) Pious [towards his father or parents, and (tropical:) towards God; (tropical:) obedient to God, serving God, or rendering religious service to God; (see 1;) and kind, or good and affectionate and gentle in behaviour, towards his kindred; and good in his dealings with strangers]; good, just, righteous, virtuous, or honest: (Msb:) true, or veracious: (M, Msb, K:) and both signify also abounding in بِرّ [or filial piety, &c.]: (K:) the former is [said to be] a stronger epithet than the latter, like as عَدْلٌ is stronger than عَادِلٌ: (B:) [but its pl. shows that it is not, like عَدْلٌ, originally an inf. n.: it is a regular contraction of بَرِرٌ, like as بَارٌّ is of بَارِرٌ:] the fem. of each is with ة: (Lh, M:) the pl. (of the former, S, M, Msb, or of the latter, B) is أَبْرَاٌ; and (of the latter, S, M, Msb, or of the former, B) بَرَرَةٌ: (S, M, Msb, K:) the former pl. is often specially applied to saints, those who abstain from worldly pleasures, and devotees; and the latter, to the recording angels. (B.) You say, أَنَا بَرٌّ بِوَالِدِى, and ↓ بَارٌّ, I am characterized by filial piety, dutifulness, or obedience, to my father: (S, M, A: *) the latter is mentioned on the authority of Kr; but some disallow it. (M, TA.) And الأُمُّ بَرَّةٌ بِوَلَدِهَا [The mother is maternally affectionate to her child, or offspring]. (S.) And رَجُلٌ بَرٌّ بِذِى قَرَابَتِهِ, and ↓ بَارٌّ, A man who behaves towards his kindred with kindness, or goodness and affection and gentleness, and regard for their circumstances. (T.) And رَجُلٌ بَرٌّ سَرٌّ A man who treats with goodness and affection and gentleness, and rejoices, or gladdens, his brethren: pl. بَرُّونَ سَرُّونَ. (S, * K, * TA, in art. سر.) And بَرٌّ فِى قَوْلٍ, and فِى يَمِينٍ, and ↓ بَارٌّ, True, or veracious, in a saying, and in an oath. (Msb.) And يَمِينٌ بَرَّةٌ and ↓ بَارَّةٌ [A true oath; or an oath that proves true]. (Ham p. 811.) البَرُّ is also a name of God; (M, K;) meaning (assumed tropical:) The Merciful, or Compassionate: (M:) or the Very Benign to his servants; (IAth;) the Ample in goodness or beneficence: (B:) البَارُّ is not so used. (IAth.) It is said in a trad., تَمَسَّحُوا بِالأَرْضِ فَإِنَّهَا بَرَّةٌ بِكُمْ (assumed tropical:) Wipe yourselves with the dust, or earth, [in performing the ceremony termed التَّيَمُّمُ,] for it is benignant towards you, like as the mother is to her children; meaning, ye are created from it, and in it are your means of subsistence, and to it ye return after death: (IAth:) or the meaning is, that your tents, or houses, are upon it, and ye are buried in it. (M.) A2: بَرٌّ Land; opposed to بَحْرٌ [as meaning “ sea ” and the like]: (S, Msb, K:) from بِرٌّ signifying “ ampleness,” “ largeness,” or “ extensiveness; ” (Esh-Shiháb [El-Khafájee], MF;) or the former word is the original of the latter. (B, TA. [See the latter word.]) [Hence, بَرًّا وَ بَحْرًا By land and by sea.] b2: A desert, or deserts; a waste, or wastes. (T, TA. [See also بَرِّيَّةٌ, voce بَرِّيٌّ.]) So, accord. to Mujáhid [and the Jel] in words of the Kur [vi. 59], وَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى البَرِّ وَ البَحْرِ And He knoweth what is in the desert, or deserts, and the towns, or villages, in which is water, (T, TA,) or which are upon the rivers. (Jel.) [So too in the phrase نَبَاتُ البَرِّ The plants, or herbage, of the desert or waste; the wild plants or herbage. And عَسَلُ البَرِّ Honey of the desert; wild honey. And حَيَوَانُ البَرِّ The animal, or animals, of the desert; the wild animal or animals.] b3: A wide tract of land. (Bd in ii. 41.) b4: [The open country; opposed to بَحْرٌ as meaning the “ cities,” or “ towns,” “ upon the rivers: ” see the latter word.] b5: Elevated ground, open to view. (T.) b6: The tract, or part, out of doors, or where one is exposed to view; contr. of كِنٌّ: used by the Arabs indeterminately; [without the article ال;] as in the phrase, جَلَسْتُ بَرًّا (Lth, T) meaning I sat outside the house; (A;) and خَرَجْتُ بَرًّا (Lth, T) meaning I went forth outside the [house or] town, (A,) or into the desert: (TA:) but [Az says,] these are post-classical phrases, which I have not heard from the chaste-speaking Arabs of the desert. (T.) b7: You say also, أَرِيدُ جَوًّا وَ يُرِيدُ بَرًّا I desire concealment, or secrecy, and he desires publicity. (A.) بُرٌّ Wheat; and the grain of wheat; syn. قَمْحٌ, (S, * Msb,) or حِنْطَةٌ; (M, K;) but it is a more chaste word than قَمْحٌ and حِنْطَةٌ: (M:) pl. of بُرَّةٌ; (S, M;) or [rather] بُرَّةٌ is the n. un. [signifying a grain of wheat, like قَمْحَةٌ]: (IDrd, Msb:) the pl. of بُرٌّ is أَبْرَارٌ; (K;) or this pl. is allowable on the ground of analogy, accord. to Mbr, but is disallowed by Sb. (S.) It is said in a prov., (TA,) هُوَ أَقْصَرُ مِنْ برَّةٍ [He, or it, is shorter than a grain of wheat]. (A, TA.) and you say, أَطْعمَنَا ابْنَ بُرَّةٍ He fed us with bread. (A.) بِرٌّ inf. n. of 1: (T, S, M, &c.:) it is said by some to signify primarily Ampleness, largeness, or extensiveness; whence بَرٌّ as opposed to بَحْرٌ: then, b2: Benevolent and solicitous regard or treatment or conduct [to parents and others; i. e. piety to parents; and (tropical:) towards God]: and goodness, or beneficence: and kindness, or good and affectionate and gentle behaviour, and regard for the circumstances of another: (Esh-Shiháb [El-Khafájee], MF:) or بَرٌّ, as opposed to بَحْرٌ, [or as signifying “ a wide tract of land,” (Bd in ii. 41,)] is the original of بِرٌّ, (Bd in ii. 41, B, TA,) which signifies ample, large, or extensive, goodness or beneficence, (Z, in the Ksh, ii. 41, [but he regards it as the original of بَرٌّ,] and Bd on the same passage, and B, K, TA,) to men; (TA;) or comprehending every kind of goodness: (Ksh and Bd ubi suprà:) and hence it is said to be in three things: in the service of God: in paying regard to relations; acting well to them: and in dealing with strangers: (Bd ubi suprà:) or every deed that is approved: (Ksh and Bd in ii. 172:) and [particularly] obedience to God: (T, S, M, &c.: [see also بَرَّةُ:]) [and every incumbent duty: and hence,] the pilgrimage to Mekkeh: (K:) and fidelity to an engagement: (TA:) also a gratuitous gift, or favour; and a bounty, or benefit; syn. فَضْلٌ; (Msb;) and إِحْسَانٌ; as also ↓ مَبَرَّةٌ [an inf. n., but when used as a simple subst. its pl. is مَبَارٌ and مَبَرَّاتٌ]. (Har p. 94.) In the Kur [ii. 172], where it is said, لُكِنَّ البِرَّ مَنْ آمَنَ بِااللّٰهِ, by البرّ is meant ذَا البِرِّ [i. e. But the pious, or obedient to God, is he who believeth in God]; (T, M, Ksh, Bd, Jel;) and some read البَارَّ: (Ksh, Bd, Jel:) or the meaning is, لكنّ البِرَّ بِرُّ من آمن با للّٰه i. e. but the obedience of which it behooveth one to be mindful is the obedience of him who believeth in God: (Sb, T, IJ, M, Ksh, Bd:) and this explanation is preferable to the former. (Bd.) It is said in a prov., (T, S,) لَا يَعْرِفُ هِرًّا مِنْ بِرٍ, (S, A, K, but in the T and M مَا is put in the place of لا,) meaning He knows not him who dislikes him, or hates him, from him who behaves towards him with kindness, or goodness and affection and gentleness, and regard for his circumstances: (S, M, A, K, * TA:) or undutiful conduct to a parent from gentleness, or courtesy: (ElFezáree, T, K:) or altercation, (T,) or dislike, or hatred, (K,) from honourable treatment: (T, K:) or the calling of sheep, or goats, from the driving of them: (IAar, S, K:) or the driving of sheep, or goats, from the calling of them: (Yoo, T:) or the calling of them to water from the calling of them to fodder; (K;) which last rendering is agreeable with an explanation of بِرٌّ by IAar [mentioned in the T]; (TA;) and ↓ بِرْبِرٌ, also, has the signification here assigned to بِرٌّ: (K, * TA:) or الهَرْهَرَة from البَرْبَرَة; (A'Obeyd, T, K;) i. e. the crying of sheep from the crying of goats: (A'Obeyd, T:) or the cat from the rat, or mouse: (IAar, T, M, K:) and بِرٌّ also signifies the [species of rat called] جُرَذ: (Aboo-Tálib, T, K:) or a small animal resembling the rat or mouse: (M:) and the young of the fox. (K.) b3: Also Good, as a subst., not an adj.; syn. خَيْرٌ; (Sh, T, Mgh, Msb, K;) which comprises all that has been said in explanation of بِرٌّ (Sh, T, Mgh) as used in the saying of Mohammad, عَليْكُمْ بِالصِّدْقِ فَإِنَّهُ يَهْدِى

إِلَى البِرِّ [Keep ye to truth; for it guides to good, or to a good, or right, state]: some render it in this instance by الخَيْر; and some, by الصَّلَاح. (Sh, T.) It signifies also The good of the present life, consisting in spiritual and worldly blessings, and of that which is to come, consisting in everlasting enjoyment in Paradise: so in the Kur iii. 86: (T:) or [simply] Paradise. (K.) b4: Also The heart; or the mind. (K.) So in the saying, هُوَ مُطْمَئِنُّ البِرِّ [He is quiet, or at rest, in heart, or mind]. (TA.) بَرَّةُ a subst. in the sense of البِرُّ, (S, M, K,) meaning Obedience [&c.]; (K;) determinate, (S, K,) being a proper name; for which reason, combined with its being of the fem. gender, it is imperfectly decl. (M.) [It is opposed to فَجَارِ.

See a verse of En-Nábighah in the first paragraph of art. حمل.]

بَرِيرٌ [a coll. gen. n.] The fruit of the أَرَاك [q. v.], (S, M,) in a general sense: (M:) or the first thereof; (K;) [i. e.] the first that appears, or when it first appears, and is sweet: (M:) or when it has become hard: (Msb:) or when it is larger in its berries (حَبّ) than such as is termed كَبَاث, and smaller in its clusters; having a round, small, hard stone, a little larger than the حِمَّص; its cluster filling the hand: (AHn, M:) n. un. with ة. (AHn, S, M, Msb.) بُرَّى A good, sweet, or pleasant, word or expression or saying: (K:) from بِرٌّ signifying “ benevolent and solicitous regard or treatment or conduct. ” (TA.) بَرِّىٌّ Of, or belonging to, or relating to, the land as opposed to the sea or a great river. b2: And Of, or belonging to, or relating to, the desert or waste; growing, or living, or produced, in the desert or waste; wild, or in an uncultivated state. b3: And hence,] أَرْضٌ بَرِّيَّةٌ Uncultivated land; without seed-produce, and unfruitful; without green herbs or leguminous plants and without waters; contr. of رِيفِيَّةٌ. (IAar, M, K. *) And, simply, ↓ بَرَّيَّةٌ, (S, M, A, Msb, K,) and ↓ بَرِّيتٌ, (A'Obeyd, IAar, Sh, S, K,) the latter a variation of the former, the ى being made quiescent, and the ة therefore being changed into ت, as in عِفْرِيتٌ, originally عِفْرِيَةٌ, (S,) a rel. n. from بَرٌّ, (Sh, T, Msb,) A desert; a waste; a spacious tract of ground without herbage; syn. صَحْرَآءُ: (S, M, A, Msb, K:) [see also بَرٌّ:] or a tract nearer to the desert (البَرّ) than it is to water: (Sh, T:) [but some write the latter word ↓ بِرِّيتٌ; and it is said that]

بِرِّيتُ, (T and K in art. برت,) of the same measure as سِكِّيتٌ, (K in that art.,) signifies flat, even, or level, land: (T, K:) or a barren, flat, even, or level, land: a poet says, بِرِّيتُ أَرْضٍ بَعْدَهَا بِرِّيتُ [A barren, flat land, after which is a second barren, flat land]: (T:) ISd says that بِرِّيتٌ, in a poem of Ru-beh, [from which the ex. given above is probably taken,] is of the measure فِعْلِيتٌ from البَرُّ; and that art. برت is not the place in which it should be mentioned: (TA:) Lth says, البَرِّيتُ is a noun derived from البَرِّيَّةُ; the ى becoming quiescent, and the ة becoming an inseparable ت, as though it were a radical letter, as in the case of عِفْرِيَةٌ, which thus becomes عِفْرِيتٌ: (T, TA:) the pl. of برّيّة is بَرَارِىُّ; and that of برّيت is بَرَارِيتُ. (S.) بَرِّيَّةٌ and بَرِّيتٌ and بِرِّيتٌ: see بَرِّىٌّ.

بَرَّارٌ as signifying A possessor of بُرّ, i. e. wheat, though agreeable with prevailing analogy, is not allowable, not being sanctioned by usage. (Sb, M.) بَرَّانِىٌّ External; or outward: apparent; public. (T.) Hence the saying of Selmán, (T,) مَنْ

أَصْلَحَ جَوَّانِيَّهُ أَصْلَحَ اللّٰهُ بَرَّانِيَّهُ (T, A, K) Whoso maketh his inner man (سَرِيرَتَهُ) to be good, God will make his outward man (عَلَانِيَتَهُ) to be good. (T.) بَرَّانِىٌّ is a rel. n., irregularly formed, (K,) from بَرٌّ signifying “ elevated ground, open to view; ” and جَوَّانِىٌّ, from جَوٌّ signifying “ any low, or depressed, part of the ground. ” (T.) You say, افْتَتَحَ البَابَ البَرَّانِىَّ He opened the outer door. (A.) بَرْبَرُ, (S, K,) or البَرْبَرُ, (Mgh, Msb,) [a coll. gen. proper name, of which the n. un., or rel. n., is ↓ بَرْبَرِىٌّ,] a foreign word, (S,) [probably of African origin, the primary form of which is the source of βάρβαρος, &c.,] arabicized; (Msb;) or, as some say, from بَرْبَرَةٌ in speech; (TA; [see R. Q. 1;]) and البَرَابِرَةُ, (S, M, Msb, K,) the pl. of بَرْبَرُ, (K,) or of البَرْبَرُ, (Msb,) [or of بَرْبَرِىٌّ, agreeably with what follows and with analogy,] the ة being added because the sing. is a foreign word, or [so in the M and TA, but in the S “ and,”] a rel. n., (S, M,) but it may be elided; [so that one may say البَرَابِرُ;] (S;) A certain people, (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) of the inhabitants of El-Maghrib [or Northern Africa west of Egypt], (Mgh, * Msb, K, *) like the Arabs of the desert in hardness, and coarseness, or rudeness, (Mgh, * Msb,) and in slightness of religion, and littleness of knowledge: (Mgh:) and another people, [the Colobi mentioned by Diodorus Siculus and Strabo,] between the Abyssinians and the Zinj, who amputate [the glans of] the penis, and make it a dowry for a wife. (K.) [There are various opinions of the origins of these races. The appellation of البَرَابِرَةُ, sing. ↓ بَرْبَرِىٌّ, is also applied by late historians, and in the present day, to The races inhabiting the portion of the valley of the Nile which we commonly call Nubia.]

بُرْبُرٌ: see بَرْبَارٌ.

بِرْبِرٌ: see بِرٌّ.

بَرْبَرِىٌّ: see بَرْبَارٌ: b2: and see also بَرْبَرُ, in two places.

بَرْبَارٌ One who talks much, and raises a clamour, or confused noise, (M, K,) with his tongue: (M:) who cries, or cries out, (S, K,) and talks in anger, (S,) or talks confusedly, with anger and aversion: (TA:) who vociferates much; (TA;) as also ↓ بُرْبُرٌ: (K:) and ↓ بَرْبَرِىٌّ signifies one who talks much and unprofitably. (Fr.) b2: البَرْبَارُ The lion; as also ↓ المُبَرْبِرُ: (K:) because of the confused noise that he makes, and his aversion and anger. (TA.) b3: دَلْوٌ بَرْبَارٌ A bucket that makes a noise (M, K) in the water. (M.) بُرْبُورٌ What is termed جَشِيش [i. e. coarselyground flour, &c.], (M, CK, [in MS. copies of the K, and of the S also, حَشِيش, which is evidently a mistranscription,]) of wheat. (S, M, K.) بَارٌّ; fem. with ة: see بَرٌّ, in five places.

أَبَرٌّ [accord. to analogy signifies More, and most, pious &c.: see بَرٌّ. But the only meaning that I find assigned to it in any of the lexicons is that here following.

A2: ] More, and most, distant in the desert, (T, K,) as to habitation. (T.) So in the saying, أَفْصَحُ العَرَبِ أَبَرُّهُمْ The most chaste in speech of the Arabs are the most distant of them in the desert, as to habitation. (T, K. * [In the latter, instead of افصح, we find أَصْلَحُ.]) مُبِرٌّ One who overcomes. (TA.) [See 4.] b2: إِنَّهُ لَمُبِرٌّ بِذٰلِكَ means Verily he is a prudent, or sound, manager of that; syn. ضَابِطٌ لَهُ. (M, K. *) مَبَرَّةٌ: see بِرٌّ.

مَبْرُورٌ, applied to a pilgrimage, Sinlessly performed: (Sh, T, Mgh:) or characterized by the giving of food and by sweetness of speech; as explained by Mohammad himself: accepted: rewarded. (TA.) مَبْرُورٌ مَأْجُورٌ [Thou art accepted, or approved, and rewarded] and مَبْرُورًا مَأْجُورًا [Go thou accepted, or approved, and rewarded] are forms of benediction: the former, of the dial. of Temeem; أَنْتَ being understood: the latter, of the dial. of the people of El-Hijáz; اِذْهَبْ being understood. (M.) b2: Applied to a sale, Truly and honestly executed. (Sh, T, Mgh.) المُبَرْبِرُ: see بَرْبَارٌ.

علو

علو

1 عَلَا, (Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (Msb,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (Msb, K;) and عَلِىَ; and ↓ تعلّى [which last see also below]; (K;) It (a thing, Msb) was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty; (Msb, K; *) syn. اِرْتَفَعَ; (Msb;) and so ↓ تعالى: (S, K:) or you say, عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ [it was, or became, high, or elevated, in place], aor. ـْ inf. n. عُلُوٌّ: (S:) and عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, high, or elevated, or exalted, in dignity, or nobility], (S, Mgh,) with kesr, (S,) aor. ـْ inf. n. عَلَآءٌ; (S, Mgh;) and also عَلَا, with fet-h, aor. ـْ a poet says, لَمَّا عَلَا كَعْبُكَ لِى عَلِيتُ [(assumed tropical:) When thy nobility became exalted to me, I became exalted]; thus combining the two dial. vars.: (S:) or you say, عَلِىَ فِى المَكَارِمِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, eminent in generous, or honourable, actions or qualities], inf. n. عَلَآءٌ [in some copies of the K عَلًا]; (Msb, K;) and عَلَا, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (K;) and thus the two verbs are used in the saying of the poet cited above: (TA:) and ↓ استعلى, said of a man, signifies the same as عَلَا. (S.) [Hence,] عَلَتِ الشَّمْسُ The sun became high; as also ↓ اِعْتَلَت: (Nawádir el-Aaráb, TA in art. دلك:) and [hence,] عَلَا النَّهَارُ The day became advanced, the sun being somewhat high; syn. اِرْتَفَعَ [q. v.]; as also ↓ اعتلى and ↓ استعلى. (K.) b2: عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, signifies [also] He ascended the place, or upon the place; syn. صَعِدَ: and عَلَوْتُ عَلَى الجَبَلِ and عَلَوْتُ أَعْلَاهُ are syn. [as meaning I ascended the mountain, or upon the mountain, or upon the top, or highest part, thereof]: and عَلَوْتُهُ and عَلَوْتُ فِيهِ signify I ascended it; syn. رَقِيتُ فِيهِ. (Msb.) عَلَاهُ (S, Msb, K, TA) and عَلَا بِهِ, (K, TA, [in the CK علّاه وبه is put for عَلَاهُ وَبِهِ,]) and ↓ استعلاهُ, (S, K, TA,) and ↓ اعتلاهُ, (S,) and ↓ اِعْلَوْلَاهُ, and ↓ اعلاهُ, and ↓ علّاه, (K, TA,) this last [for which the CK has عالاهُ] being with teshdeed, (TA,) and ↓ عالاهُ and بِهِ ↓ عالى, (K, TA, [in the CK عالَّاهُ وبه,]) are syn., (S, K,) signifying He ascended it, or upon it; (K; [in the CK صَعَّدَهُ, and so in my MS. copy of the K, but in other copies صَعِدَهُ, which is certainly the right reading;]) whether the object be a mountain or a beast: (TA:) [or] you say, عَلَا الدَّابَّةَ He mounted the beast; (K, TA;) and in like manner, anything: (TA:) and عَلَى السَّطْحَ, aor. ـْ (K, TA;) but in the M عَلِىَ السَّطْحَ, i. e., like رَضِىَ; (TA;) inf. n. عَلْىٌ (K, TA) and عِلْىٌ (TA, and so accord. to some copies of the K,) and عُلِىٌّ; (TA, and so accord. to other copies of the K instead of عِلْىٌ;) He ascended upon the flat house-top; syn. صَعِدَهُ. (K, TA.) b3: [عَلَاهُ signifies also He, or it, was, or became, upon it, or over it: and it came, or arose, upon it; overlay it; was, or became, superincumbent, or supernatant, upon it; or overspread it; as scum, and rust, &c. And It lay on him as a burden. Hence,] one says, مَا سَأَلْتُكَ مَا يَعْلُوكَ ظَهْرًا i. e. [(assumed tropical:) I did not ask, or demand, of thee, what would lie as a burden on thy back; or] what would be onerous, burdensome, oppressive, or troublesome, to thee. (TA.) b4: And [hence also] عَلَاهُ It over-topped it, rose above it, or exceeded it in height. (TA in art. دصر.) [And in like manner, ↓ استعلى

عَلَيْهِ It became elevated above it.] b5: And عَلَوْتُهُمْ بِالشَّرَفِ and بِالجَمَالِ [(assumed tropical:) I was, or became, superior to them in nobility and in goodliness]. (S in art. فرع.) b6: And عَلَاهُ [(assumed tropical:) He had, or gained, ascendency over him, or it; as also عَلَا عَلَيْهِ and عليه ↓ استعلى: and] (assumed tropical:) he overcame him; or had, or gained, the mastery over him; (S, Msb, TA;) and subdued him; (Msb;) namely, his opponent, or adversary; as also ↓ استعلاهُ: and in like manner, عَلَا حَاجَتَهُ and ↓ استعلاها (assumed tropical:) he gained the mastery over the object of his want: and ↓ اعتلى

الشَّىْءَ (assumed tropical:) he prevailed against the thing, or had power over it, and overcame it; and عَلَا لِلشَّىْءِ, aor. ـْ (assumed tropical:) he was, or became, able to do, or accomplish, or to bear, the thing. (TA.) عَلَا بِالأَمْرِ means اِضْطَلَعَ بِهِ وَاسْتَقَلَّ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) He had strength, or power, sufficient for the affair, and had absolute control over it]: (S: [so in one of my copies: the other has اِطَّلَعَ, which I find also in the PS and in my copy of the TA; and which is allowed by some, but disallowed by others, in the sense of اِضْطَلَعَ, as is shown voce مُضْطَلِعٌ:]) a poet says, فَاعْمِدْ لِمَا تَعْلُو فَمَا لَكَ بِالَّذِى

لَا تَسْتَطِيعُ مِنَ الأُمُورِ يَدَانِ [Then aim thou at that for which thou hast sufficient strength, or power, and over which thou hast absolute control: (بِهِ being understood after تعلو:) for what object hast thou in meddling with that which a pair of hands cannot accomplish, of affairs?]. (S.) [And hence, perhaps,] one says to him who possesses much property, اعل به i. e. ابق بعده [app. اُعْلُ بِهِ and اِبْقَ بَعْدَهُ, as though meaning (assumed tropical:) Have thou ability to consume it, and so survive thou it; like as one says to him who puts on a new garment, أَبْلِ (see 4 in art. بلو)]: or [perhaps a mistake for “ and ”] it is [virtually] a prayer for his continuance in life. (TA.) b7: عَلَوْتُ عَلَى فُلَانٍ الرِّيحَ means I was [or went] on the windward side of such a one: and one says, لَا تَعْلُ الرِّيحَ عَلَى الصَّيْدِ فَيَرَاحَ رِيحَكَ وَيَنْفِرَ [i. e. Go not thou on the windward side of the game, lest it scent thy odour, and take fright and flee]. (TA.) b8: عَلَوْتُهُ بِالسَّيْفِ means I smote him [with the sword; or, more properly, I set upon him therewith]. (S, TA.) And [in like manner] one says, عَلَاهُ بِالشَّتْمِ وَالضَّرْبِ [(assumed tropical:) He set upon him, or assailed him, or overcame him, with reviling and beating]. (S and M in art. ثول, &c.) b9: عَلَا فِى

الأَرْضِ, (S, TA,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, (S,) signifies (assumed tropical:) He exalted, or magnified, himself, [in the earth,] or behaved proudly, insolently, or exorbitantly. (S, * TA.) And [in like manner] لَا تَعْلُوا عَلَى اللّٰهِ, in the Kur xliv. 18, (assumed tropical:) Exalt not, or magnify not, yourselves against God; or behave not proudly, &c. (Bd, Jel.) b10: عَلَا عَنْهُ [lit. signifies It rose from it: and hence,] it recoiled from it, i. e., a thing from another thing; it did not cleave to it: and تَعْلُو عَنْهُ العَيْنُ means (assumed tropical:) The eye recoils from him. (TA.) b11: اُعْلُ عَنِّى: see 3. b12: عَلَا بِهِ as syn. with أَعْلَاهُ: see expl. with the latter below.2 علّاهُ: see 4. b2: [Hence,] one says, عَلَّيْتُ بِهِ عَلَى البَعِيرِ [I raised it, and put it, upon the camel]: (S:) [and so ↓ عَالَيْتُهُ; as in a verse cited voce رَائِحٌ, in art. روح; in which, and in the present art., it is cited in the S and TA: and ↓ عَالَبْتُ بِهِ; as in a verse cited voce إِلَى in the sense of مِنْ, in art. الو:] and عَلَىَّ ↓ عَالِ means اِحْمِلْ [i. e. Put thou upon me such a thing to be carried by me; or load thou me]. (S, K.) b3: And عَلَّيْتُ الحَبْلَ, inf. n. تَعْلِيَةٌ, I raised the cord to its proper place in respect of the channel of the sheave, and in respect of the [main] well-rope. (S.) b4: And علّى الدَّلْوَ, inf. n. as above, He raised the bucket from a stone projecting in the lower part of the casing of a well [and impeding its ascent]; he having descended the well for that purpose: [or simply he raised the filled bucket; for] some say that ↓ المُعَلِّىsignifies he who raises the filled bucket; i. e., who draws water thereby. (TA.) b5: And علّى المَتَاعَ عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He put down the goods, or furniture and utensils, from the beast: [app. because he who does so lifts them off the beast:] (K, TA:) أَعْلَاهُ in this sense is disapproved. (TA.) b6: See also 1, former half. b7: And see Q. Q. 1.3 مُعَالَاةٌ signifies (assumed tropical:) The vying, competing, or contending for superiority, in highness, loftiness, elevation, or eminence. (KL.) You say, عَالَاهُ, meaning سَامَاهُ. (M in art. سمو. [See 3 in that art. in two places.]) b2: See 4, in two places. b3: عُولِىَ, said of clarified butter, and of the fat of anything having fatness, means It was wrought (صُنِعَ [app. over a fire]) until it rose in the operation. (TA.) b4: عَالَوْا نَعِيَّهُ (assumed tropical:) They manifested the announcement of his death: (K, TA:) [as though meaning they raised the report of his death:] one should not say أَعْلَوْهُ nor عَلَّوْهُ. (TA.) b5: See 2, in three places. b6: عَالَتِ البَيْقُورَ, occurring in a verse of Umeiyeh Ibn-Abi-s-Salt, is mentioned and explained in the S in this art. and in art. عول: see the latter art. [to which it seems more properly to belong]. b7: See 1, former half, in two places. b8: عَالِ عَنِّى Remove thou, or go thou away or aside, from me; as also عَنِّى ↓ أَعْلِ; (S, TA;) for which latter, أَعْلِ عَنِّجْ occurs in a trad. respecting the slaughter of Abu-Jahl; and عَنِّى ↓ اُعْلُ with the conjunctive ا is a dial. var. of أَعْلِ عَنِّى

with the disjunctive ا mentioned by Fr. (TA.) b9: [Hence,] one says, عَنَّا ↓ أَعْلِ and عَالِ [i. e. and عَالِ عَنَّا], meaning (assumed tropical:) Seek the object of thy want at the hands of other than us (عِنْدَ غَيْرِنَا), for we are not able to accomplish it. (TA.) b10: And عالى and ↓ اعلى signify He came to the 'Áliyeh of Nejd, i. e. the region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh and the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it. (S.) 4 اعلاهُ He (a man, Msb) elevated it (i. e. a thing, Msb); or made it high, or lofty; (Msb, K;) as also ↓ علّاهُ, (K,) with teshdeed, (TA,) and بِهِ ↓ عَلَا [without teshdeed]: (K:) it is [also] said of God, meaning (assumed tropical:) He elevated, or exalted, him; and ↓ عالاهُ is like it [in meaning]: (S:) and بِفُلَانٍ ↓ عَالَيْتُ signifies the same as أَعْلَيْتُهُ [(assumed tropical:) I elevated, or exalted, such a one; as also, app., (see 4 in art. ظهر,) أَعْلَيْتُ بِفُلَانٍ]. (Ham p. 175.) Hence one says, أَعْلَى اللّٰهُ كَعْبَهُ [(tropical:) God exalted, or may God exalt, his nobility]. (TA.) b2: See also 1, former half. b3: أَعْلِ الوِسَادَةَ means Sit thou upon the cushion. (TA.) b4: And أَعْلِ عَنِ الوِسَادَةِ Rise thou from the cushion; syn. قُمْ: (TA in art. دك:) or descend thou from it. (S * and TA in the present art.) And اعلى عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He alighted from the beast. (K, TA.) b5: See also 3, latter half, in three places.5 تعلّى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Also (K) He, or it, was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty, gently, or leisurely. (S, K.) b3: And He came upon a party of men suddenly, or at unawares, without permission. (TA.) b4: تَعَلَّتْ مِنْ نِفَاسِهَا (assumed tropical:) She (a woman) became free, (S, Mgh, K,) and passed forth, (Mgh,) from her state of impurity consequent upon childbirth; (S, Mgh, K;) as also ↓ تَعَالَتْ; (Mgh; and TA in art. عل;) and so تَعَالَّتْ, as well as تَعَلَّلَتْ: (K and TA in that art.:) or مِنْ مَرَضِهَا from her disease: (K:) or you say of a woman, تعلّت من نفاسها meaning [as above or] she became pure from the effects of her childbirth: (TA:) and of a man you say, تعلّى مِنْ عِلَّتِهِ (S, TA) he recovered from his disease. (TA.) 6 تعالى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Addressing a man, (S, Msb,) using the imperative form, you say, تَعَالَ, (S, Msb, K,) with fet-h to the ل, (S, K,) originally meaning Be thou elevated, (S, Msb,) and said by a man in a high place in calling a man in a low place; (Msb;) then, by reason of frequency of usage, employed in the sense of هَلُمَّ [meaning Come thou], (S, Msb,) absolutely, whether the place of the person called be high or low or on the same level; so that it is originally applied to denote a particular meaning, and then used in a general meaning: (Msb:) and to a woman one says, تَعَالَىْ; (S, K;) and to two women, (S,) or two persons, (TA,) تَعَالَيَا; (S, TA;) and to a pl. number of men, تَعَالَوْا; (Msb, TA;) and to a pl. number of women, تَعَالَيْنَ; (S, Msb, TA;) and sometimes the ل is pronounced with damm in the pl. masc., and with kesr in the fem.; whence El-Hasan El-Basree read, [in the Kur iii. 57,] قُلْ يَا أَهْلَ الْكِتَابِ تَعَالُوا [Say thou, O people of the Scripture, come ye, the usual reading being تَعَالَوْا], for the sake of congeniality with the و: (Msb, TA:) it is not allowable to say تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I came], nor to use the prohibitive form; (S;) but one says, (thus accord. to several copies of the S,) or nor does one say, (thus accord. to one of my copies of the S, [and accord. to the TA, in which it is said that the verb is not used otherwise than in the imperative form,]) قَدْ تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I have come], and إِلَى أَىِّ شَىْءٍ أَتَعَالَى

[as meaning To what thing shall I come? like as one says, إِلَامَ أَهَلُمَّ]. (S.) b3: [تعالى signifies also (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, exalted, or extolled: and (assumed tropical:) he exalted himself: and in both of these senses it is often followed by عَنْ as syn. with عَلَى, denoting superiority: you say, تعالى فُلَانٌ عَنْ كَذَا, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one was, or became, exalted above such a thing; or simply, was, or became, above it, i. e. too elevated in character for it: and also, exalted himself above such a thing; or held himself above it.] Said of God, in the Kur xx. 113 [and in other instances therein], it means [(assumed tropical:) Exalted, or supremely exalted, is He] in his essence and his attributes, above the created beings. (Bd.) [But in common speech, it is generally used as an ejaculation of praise, meaning (assumed tropical:) Exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He, or his greatness or majesty or glory, or his name; or acknowledged be his absolute supremacy. And the common expression (used in citing words of the Kur-án) قَالَ تَعَالَى means (assumed tropical:) He saith, or hath said, exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He; &c.] b4: See also 5.8 إِعْتَلَوَ see 1, in two places as trans.: b2: and also in two places as intrans.

A2: [It may also be used for, or in the sense of, اِئتَلَى, as meaning He fell short in an affair: see its part. n.]10 إِسْتَعْلَوَ see 1, in seven places. [The inf. n. اِسْتِعْلَآءٌ, properly denotes Superiority that is perceptible by sense: and tropically, such as is ideal, or perceived by the intellect: see عَلَى, below.] b2: One says also, هٰذِهِ الكَلِمَةُ تَسْتَعْلِى لِسَانِى, meaning [(assumed tropical:) This word, or sentence,] is often current upon my tongue. (TA.) b3: And اِسْتَعْلَى عَلَى الغَايَةِ, said of a horse in the contending to outstrip in a race, means (assumed tropical:) He reached the goal. (TA.) 12 اِعْلَوْلَاهُ: see 1, former half. Q. Q. 1 عَلْوَنَ الكِتَابَ, (S, K,) inf. n. عَلْوَنَةٌ and عُلْوَانٌ, (K,) i. q. عَنْوَنَهُ [He put a superscription, or title, to the book, or writing; or he wrote the superscription, or title, thereof]; (S, K;) as also الكِتَابَ ↓ عَلَّى; (K;) which latter is the more agreeable with analogy. (TA.) [See also Q. Q. 1 in arts. عن and عنو.]

مِنْ عَلُ: see the next paragraph. It also signifies, simply, Above him or it; or in the higher, or highest, part of him or it: thus in a hemistich cited voce تَحْت. (Mughnee.) [In all cases,] عَلُ is determinate, and indecl., with damm for its invariable termination: (Mughnee, TA:) [for it is regarded as a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning but not as to the letter:] in the saying of Ows, كَغِرْقِئِ بَيْضٍ كَنَّهُ القَيْضُ مِنْ عَلُو [Like the thin pellicle of eggs, which the shell covers above], the و [in عَلُو] is augmentative, being added to render the rhyme unrestricted: (S, TA:) and in the instance of مِنْ عَلُهْ, likewise ending a verse, the ه is that of pausation: for if عَلُ were [really] a prefixed noun, it would not be thus indecl. (Mughnee, TA.) أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ, (S, * K,) whence the saying of Imra-el-Keys cited in the first paragraph of art. حط, (S, Mughnee, TA,) and ↓ مِنْ عَلُ, [respecting which see the next preceding paragraph,] and ↓ مِنْ عَلَا, (S, K,) of which a verse cited voce نَاشَ in art. نوش is an ex., (S, TA,) and ↓ مِنع عَالٍ, signify the same, (S, Mughnee, K,) i. e. مِنْ فَوْقٍ; (K;) [which, with أَتَيْتُهُ preceding it, means I came to him, or it, from above; and (assumed tropical:) I overcame, or subdued, him, or it; for] اتاه من فوق and من علو [app. ↓ من عَلْوٍ (see عَلْوٌ below,) tropically used,] means قَهَرَهُ; (Ham p. 128;) [but the former is here meant in many, if not in all, instances, as is shown by what follows;] and [in like manner] one says, ↓ أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ; [whence] Dhu-r-Rummeh says, وَنَغَضَانُ الرّحْلِ مِنْ مُعَالِ [And the shaking of the camel's saddle in the upper part]. (S, TA.) عَلِ in مِنْ عَلِ is indeterminate [in itself] and decl. [as being a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning and as to the letter; thus differing from عَلُ in مِنْ عَلُ: if the complement were not to be understood either as to the letter or as to the meaning, one would say مِنْ عَلٍ, originally مِنْ عَلْوٍ]. (TA.) One says also أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ الدَّارِ, [thus in several copies of the S, from which one of my copies deviates by erroneously substituting عَلى for عَلِ,] with kesr to the ل, meaning مِنْ عَالِ [or rather مِنْ عَالِ الدَّارِ i. e. I came to him, or it, from the high, or elevated, part of the house or abode]: (S:) or the using عَل [thus] as a prefixed noun is a mistake. (Mughnee.) b2: And one says, اُزْجُرِ الفَزَّ عَلِ عَلِ and ↓ عَلَا عَلَا [Chide thou the young one of the wild cow, saying عَلِ عَلِ and عَلَا عَلَا]. (TA.) عَلَا [as a subst.]: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

A2: See also عَلَاةٌ.

عَلْوٌ: see عُلْوٌ in five places. b2: Also A high, or an elevated, state of the base, or foundation, of a building. (TA.) b3: And you say, أَخَذَهُ عَلْوًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) He took him, or it, by force. (K, TA.) See also the next but one of the preceding paragraphs.

عُلْوٌ and ↓ عِلْوٌ (S, Msb, K) and ↓ عَلْوٌ (K) signify The higher, or highest, part (S, Msb, K) of a house, or an abode, (S, Msb,) or of a thing; (K;) as also ↓ عِلْوَةٌ (K voce سُفْلٌ) and ↓ عُلَاوَةٌ and ↓ عَالِيَةٌ. (K in the present art.) You say, قَعَدْتُ عُلْوَهُ and ↓ عِلْوَهُ and فِى عُلْوِهِ and ↓ فى عِلْوِهِ [i. e. I sat in the higher, or highest, part of it]. (TA.) And Aashà-Báhileh says, إِنِّى أَتَنْنِى لِسَانٌ لَا أُسَرُّ بِهَا لَا عَجَبٌ مِنْهَا وَلَا سُخُرُ ↓مِنْ عَلْوَ (S,) or, as in one of my copies of the S, أَسُرُّ and سَخَرُ,) i. e. Verily information has come to me [by which I shall not be rejoiced (or by which I shall not rejoice others, accord. to the latter reading mentioned above,)] from the higher, or highest, parts of Nejd, (مِنْ أَعْلَى نَجْدٍ, thus in some copies of the S and in the TA, but in other copies of the S the word نَجْدٍ is omitted,) [at which there is no wondering, as at a thing that is improbable, nor any scoffing;] related [thus] with fet-h to the و and with damm thereto and with kesr thereto [i. e. عَلْوَ as above and also ↓ عَلْوُ and ↓ عَلْوِ]. (S, TA.) b2: One says also, هٰذَا شِعْرُ عُلْو [app. عُلْوٍ], meaning (assumed tropical:) This is poetry of a high class: or [the last word may be ↓ عَلْوَ or عَلْوُ or عَلْوِ, for it may mean], of the higher, or highest, part of Nejd. (TA.) عِلْوٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in three places.

عَلْىٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلْىٌ: see عَلِىٌّ.

عَلَى is a particle and a noun (Mbr, S, Mughnee, K) and a verb; (Mbr, S;) though some assert that it is only a noun, and ascribe this assertion to Sb: (Mughnee:) its alif, (Sb, S, Msb,) [which, when it has no affix, is written ى, and] which is originally و, (Sb, S,) [like that of إِلَى, q. v.,] is changed into [what is properly] ى when it has a pronominal affix, (Sb, S, Msb,) as in عَلَيْكَ, (Sb, S,) and عَلَيْهِ; (Msb;) but some of the Arabs [in this case] leave it unchanged, as in the saying of a rájiz, طَارُوا عَلَاهُنَّ فَطِرْ عَلَاهَا [They fled, or have fled, upon them, (referring to camels,) and flee thou upon her]; this, it is said, being of the dial. of Belhárith Ibn-Kaab. (Sb, S.) b2: As a particle, it has nine [or more than nine] meanings. (Mughnee.) As such, (Mughnee,) or, accord. to Sb, as a noun, (K,) it denotes الاِسْتِعْلَآء [i. e. superiority] (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, K, TA) properly thus termed, (Msb,) such as is perceptible by sense; (Es-Subkee, TA;) either with respect to what is signified by the noun governed by it, and this is generally the case, (Mughnee,) as in the saying [in the Kur xxiii. 22 and xl. 80], وَعَلَيْهَا وَعَلَى الْفُلْكِ تُحْمَلُونَ [And upon them (referring to camels) and upon the ship, or ships, ye are carried]; (Mughnee, K;) or with respect to what is near thereto, as in the saying [in the Kur xx. 10], أَوْ أَجِدُ عَلَى النَّارِ هُدًى [Or I shall find near upon the fire, i. e. at the fire, a right direction]: (Mughnee:) and using it to denote الاستعلآء properly thus termed, you say, كُنْتُ عَلَى السَّطْحِ [I was upon the flat house-top]: (Msb:) [in like manner also,] as denoting الاستعلآء that is perceptible by sense, it occurs in the saying [in the Kur lv. 26], كُلُّ مَنْ عَلَيْهَا فَانٍ [Every one that is upon it (referring to the earth) is transitory]: (Es-Subkee, TA:) and you say, عَلَى زَيْدٍ ثَوْبٌ [Upon Zeyd is, or was, a garment], عَلَى being here a particle; and عَلَا زَيْدًا ثَوْبٌ [A garment was upon Zeyd,] عَلَا being here a verb. (Mbr, S.) And it denotes الاستعلآء, likewise, tropically thus termed, (Msb, TA,) such as is ideal, or perceived by the intel-lect; (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA;) as in the saying زَيْدٌ عَلَيْهِ دَيْنٌ (tropical:) [Zeyd, a debt is lying upon him, or incumbent on him, i. e. he owes a debt, لِفُلَانٍ to such a one], that which is ideal being thus likened to that which is corporeal; (Msb;) and in the phrases عَلَيْنَا أَمْرٌ and عَلَيْنَا مَالٌ, meaning (tropical:) An affair, or a command, lies, or rests, upon us, or is incumbent on us, and so property, [as due from us, i. e.] the former as a duty and the latter as a debt, i. e. يَثْبُتُ, like as the thing lies, or rests, (يَثْبُتُ,) upon the place; the latter phrase importing responsibility: and ثَبَتَ عَلَيْهِ مَالٌ is also said to mean كَثُرَ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) property was, or became, much in quantity, or amount, upon him, app. as a burden imposing upon him responsibility]. (TA.) And it [likewise] denotes ideal استعلآء in the phrase لَهُمْ عَلَىَّ ذَنْبٌ (tropical:) [A crime, or an offence, committed upon (or here, as in many other instances, it may be rendered against) me is imputable to them]: (Mughnee:) and so in the saying [in the Kur ii. 254 and xvii. 22], فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَى بَعْضٍ (tropical:) [We have made some of them to have superiority over some]. (Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA.) [See also أَنْتَ عَلَى عَيْنِى, and and أَنْتَ عَلَى رَأْسِى, voce عَيْنٌ, first quarter.] b3: It also denotes concomitance, like مَعَ; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 172], وَآتَى المَالَ عَلَى حُبِّهِ [And giveth property with (or notwithstanding) the love of it]; (Mughnee, K;) and so it is said to be used in the phrase, in a trad. respecting the alms of the breaking of the fast [of Ramadán], عَلَى كُلِّ حُرٍّ وَعَبْدٍ صَاعٌ [With every free man and slave, a sáa], because the alms-gift of the breaking of the fast is not incumbent on the slave, but only on his master; (IAth, TA;) and so it is used in the [common] phrase, عَلَى أَنَّنِى رَاضٍ

[With (or notwithstanding) my being pleased, or well pleased, or content]. (Har p. 13.) b4: It also denotes transition, (Mughnee, K,) like عَنْ; (Mughnee;) as in the saying (of El-Koheyf El-'Okeylee, TA), إِذَا رَضِيَتْ عَلَىَّ بَنُو قُشَيْرٍ

لَعَمْرُ اللّٰهِ أَعْجَبَنِى رِضَاهَا [When the sons of Kusheyr shall be pleased, or well pleased, or content, with me, (or rather, if عَلَىَّ here denote transition, with what will proceed from me,) by the everlasting existence of God, their being pleased, &c., will induce in me admiration, or pleasure], (Mughnee, K, * TA,) i. e. عَنِّى; (Mughnee, TA;) or it may be that رَضِىَ is made to imply the meaning of عَطَفَ [which is trans. by means of عَلَى]; (Mughnee;) or, as Ks says, it is made to accord with its contr. سَخِطَ, (Mughnee, TA,) by its being made trans. by means of عَلَى: (TA:) and so in the saying, فِى لَيْلَةٍ لَا نَرَى بِهَا أَحَدًا يَحْكِى عَلَيْنَا إِلَّا كَوَاكِبَهَا [In a nigh in which we shall not see any one that shall report what will proceed from us, except its stars], i. e., عَنَّا; or it may be said that يَحْكِى is [here] made to imply the meaning of يَنُِمُّ. (Mughnee.) b5: It is also used to assign a cause, like ل; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 181], وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا اللّٰهَ عَلَى مَا هَدَاكُمْ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لِهِدَايَتِهِ

إِيَّاكُمْ [i. e. And that ye should magnify God for, or on account of, his rightly directing you]; (Mughnee;) [and in the same, vi. 90, &c., لَا

أَسْأَلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا i. e. I will not ask of you for it, or on account of it, a recompense;] and as in the saying of Rabee'ah Ibn Makroom Ed-Dabbee, فَدَعَوْا نَزَالِ فَكُنْتُ أَوَّلَ نَازِلٍ

وَعَلَامَ أَرْكَبُهُ إِذَا لَمْ أَنْزِلِ i. e. [And they called out, “Alight; ” and I was the first of any alighting:] and for what [or wherefore] do I ride him if I do not alight when called upon to do so? (Ham p. 29. [عَلَامَ is here, as usually, for عَلَى مَ.]) b6: It is also used in the sense of فِى [generally followed by a noun significant of time]; (S, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying [in the Kur xxviii. 14], وَدَخَلَ الْمَدِينَةَ عَلَى حِينِ غَفْلَةٍ [And he entered the city in, or during, a time of inadvertence]; (Mughnee, K;) and in the saying [in the same ii. 96], وَاتَّبَعُوا مَا تَتْلُو الشَّيَاطِينُ عَلَى مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَانَ, meaning, فِى

زَمَنِ مُلكِ سليمان [i. e. And they followed what the devils related, or recited, in the time of, or during, the reign of Suleymán (or Solomon)]; (Mughnee;) and in the phrase, كَانَ كَذَا عَلَى

عَهْدِ فُلَانٍ, meaning, فِى عَهْدِهِ [i. e. It was thus, or such a thing was, in the time of such a one]: (S:) [and in like manner it is used in the saying in the Kur iii. 173, مَا كَانَ اللّٰهُ لِيَذَرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَى مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ God is not purposing to leave, or certainly will not leave, the believers in that state wherein ye are: and in the phrase عَلَى سَفَرٍ, in ii. 180 &c. of the same, i. e. In (or, as we also say, on) a journey: in like manner also] لَقَدْ سَرَيْتُ عَلَى الظَّلَامِ, in a verse of Aboo-Kebeer El-Hudhalee, means, فِى الظَّلَامِ [i. e. I have journeyed by night in the darkness], فى الظلام holding the place of a noun in the accus. case as a ظَرْف [i. e. an adverbial noun of time or place]; or it may be in the place of a denotative of state, meaning وَأَنَا عَلَى الظَّلَامِ i. e. رَاكِبٌ لَهُ [riding upon the darkness]: (Ham p. 37:) and you say of one who was desiring to rise and hasten, رَأَيْتُهُ عَلَى أَوْفَاضٍ [i. e. I found him in a state of haste: see وَفْضٌ]. (TA.) b7: [It also denotes conformity, accordance, adaptation, or agreement; as in the phrase, اِضْرِبْهُ عَلَى طَبْعِ هٰذَا i. e. Make thou it, fashion it, or mould it, conformably, or according, to the model, make, fashion, or mould, of this; (see طَبْعٌ;) and in طُبِعَ عَلَى الشَّىْءِ and جُبِلَ and فُطِرَ &c. i. e. He (a man) was created conformably, or with an adaptation or a disposition, to the thing: (see 1 in art. طبع:) so too in the phrase in the Kur xxiv. last verse, قَدْ يَعْلَمُ مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ Certainly He knoweth that state of conduct and mind to which ye are conforming yourselves; and in many other passages therein: thus also in the saying of Mohammad, كُلُّ مَوْلُودٍ يُولَدُ عَلَى

الفِطْرةِ Every infant is born in a state of conformity to the natural constitution with which he is created in his mother's womb in relation to the soul; (see art. فطر;) and in the prov., mentioned by Meyd, النَّاسُ عَلَى دِينِ المُلُوكِ The people are in conformity to, i. e. are followers of, or follow, the religion of the kings; and in the phrase, relating to a saying or an opinion, عَلَيْهِ أَكْثَرُ العُلَمَآءِ Upon it most of the learned are in agreement; in which, as in other exs. of the same kind, a verb or a part. n., (in the last, for instance, مُجْمِعُونَ or the like,) is understood. b8: It also denotes a condition; as in the phrases, صَالَحَهُ عَلَى كَذَا He made peace, or reconciliation, or a compromise, with him on the condition of such a thing, and عَلَى أَنْ يَفْعَلَ كَذَا on the condition of his doing such a thing. b9: And there are various other usages of this prep. depending upon verbs or part. ns. expressed or obviously understood in connection with them, too numerous to be here collected. Many of these will be found among the explanations of words with which they occur.] b10: It is also used in the sense of مِنْ; as in the saying, إِذَا اكْتَالُوا عَلَى النَّاسِ يَسْتَوْفُونَ, (S, Mughnee, K,) in the Kur [lxxxiii. 2], meaning, مِنَ النَّاسِ [i. e. Who, when they take by measure from men, take fully], (S,) or, as in the T, عَنِ النَّاسِ [which signifies the same]. (TA.) b11: It is also used in the sense of بِ; (S, Mughnee, K;) as in the saying in the Kur [vii. 103], عَلَى أنْ لَا أَقُولَ عَلَى اللّٰهِ إِلَّا الْحَقَّ, (Mughnee, K, *) meaning بِأَنْ, (TA,) [i. e. That I should not say of God aught save the truth,] and Ubeí read with ب [i. e. بِأَنْ]; (Bd, Mughnee;) like as they say, رَمَيْتُ عَلَى القَوْسِ [meaning بِالقَوْسِ, i. e. I shot with the bow], and جِئْتُ عَلَى حَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ [meaning بِحَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ, i. e. I came in a good condition]; (Bd; [in which, and also voce حَقِيقٌ, last sentence, see more;]) and they said also, اِرْكَبْ عَلَى اسْمِ اللّٰهِ [meaning, بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ, i. e. Mount thou in the name of God]: (Mughnee:) thus [too] it is used in the saying of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, يَسَرٌ يُفِيضُ عَلَى القِدَاحِ وَيَصْدَعُ [expl. in art. فيض, conj. 4,] meaning بِالقِدَاحِ: (S:) [and in the phrase عَلَى يَدِهِ i. e. By his hand, or (assumed tropical:) by his means.] b12: It is also used to denote an emendation, (Mughnee, K,) and a digression, or transition, (Mughnee,) like لٰكِنَّ; (TA;) as in the saying, فُلَانٌ لَا يَدْخُلُ الجَنَّةَ لِسُوءِ صَنِيعِهِ, (Mughnee,) or فُلَانٌ جَهَنَّمِىٌّ, (K,) عَلَى أَنَّهُ لَا يّيْأَسُ مِنْ رَحْمةِ اللّٰهِ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لٰكِنَّهُ [i. e. Such a one will not enter Paradise, because of the evilness of his deed, or conduct, or such a one is hell-doomed; but, or yet, he will not despair of the mercy of God]: (TA:) and thus it is used in the saying, بِكُلٍّ تَدَاوَيْنَا فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ خَيْرٌ مِنَ البُعْدِ عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ لَيْسَ بِنَافِعٍ

إِذَا كَانَ مَنْ تَهْوَاهُ لِيْسَ بِذِى وَدِّ [With everything we treated, or have treated, ourselves curatively, and what was in us was not, or has not been, healed; but the nearness of the abode is better than the remoteness; but the nearness of the abode is not profitable when the person whom thou lovest is not endued with affection]: the poet invalidates by the first عَلَى his saying فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا; and then, by the second عَلَى, the clause immediately preceding it. (Mughnee.) b13: It is also redundant, for the purpose of compensation; as in the saying, إِنَّ الكَرِيمَ وَأَبِيكَ يَعْتَمِلْ

إِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ يَوْمًا عَلَى مَنْ يَتَّكِلْ meaning مَنْ يَتَّكِلُ عَلَيْهِ [i. e. Verily the generous, by thy father, will work for himself when he finds not, some day, him upon whom he may rely]; عَلَى being added before مَنْ for the purpose of compensation [for its omission in its proper place]: (Mughnee, K:) Es-Subkee says, it may be redundant, as in the saying, لَا أَحْلِفُ عَلَى يَمِينٍ, meaning لا احلف يَمِينًا [i. e. I will not swear an oath]. (TA.) A2: It is also a noun, having the meaning of فَوْق [i. e. The location that is above, or over], this being the case when it is immediately followed by مِنْ; (S, Msb, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying (of Muzáhim-El-'Okeylee, describing a قَطَاة [or sand-grouse, and, afterwards, its making a rumbling sound in its inside, from thirst], TA), غَدَتْ مِنْ عَلَيْهِ بِعْدَ مَا تَمَّ ظِمْؤُهَا [It went away in the early morning from the location above it, (or, as we say, from above it,) after that her interval between two comings to water was complete]: (Msb, Mughnee, K: [and a similar ex. is cited in the S:]) or, accord. to As, meaning مِنْ عِنْدِهِ [from its vicinage]: and, used in this sense, as a noun, it admits before it no other prep. than مِنْ. (Msb.) A3: عَلَيْكَ is also a verbal noun, used as an incentive: (TA:) you say, عَلَيْكَ زَيْدًا, (S, K, TA,) and بِزَيْدٍ, (TA,) meaning Take thou Zeyd; or take thou hold of Zeyd: (S, TA:) or keep thou, or cleave thou, to Zeyd: (K, TA:) and عَلَيْكَ بِكَذَا keep thou to such a thing: (El-Munáwee, TA in art. ب:) [thus] it is said in a trad., عَلَيْكَ باِلرِّفْقِ [Keep thou to gentleness]. (El-Jámi' es-Sagheer.) b2: And [in like manner] you say, عَلَىَّ زَيْدًا, and بِزَيْدٍ, meaning Give thou me, or present thou to me, Zeyd: (S, TA:) [or, more commonly, bring thou to me Zeyd:] you say, عَلَىَّ بِكَذَا, meaning bring thou to me such a thing. (MA.) عُلًى: see عَلَآءٌ. b2: [It is also pl. of عُلْيَا, fem. of أَعْلَى, q. v.]

عَلَاةٌ The سِنْدَان [or anvil], (S, Mgh, K, TA,) whether of شجر [app. meaning of such as are made from trees, or perhaps this is a mistranscription for صَخْر, i. e. rock], or of iron; or the زُبْرَة [i. e. iron anvil] upon which the blacksmith beats iron: (TA:) pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.]

↓ عَلًا. (S.) b2: Hence it is applied to a she-camel, as being likened thereto in respect of her hardness: you say نَاقَةٌ عَلَاةُ الخَلْقِ (assumed tropical:) [A she-camel hard, or firm, in respect of make]: (S:) or عَلَاةٌ thus applied signifies tall, or overtopping; as also ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ: (K, TA:) or ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, (TA,) or ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, (S,) and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ, (TA,) signify, thus applied, tall and bulky; (S, TA;) or, as some say, outstripping in pace or journeying; never seen otherwise than before the other camels. (TA.) b3: Also A stone [placed upon two other stones called حِمَارَانِ (q. v.)] upon which is put [to dry the preparation of curd called] أَقِط: (S, K, TA:) or, as some say, a piece of rock upon which is made a circle of أَخْثَآء [or lumps of dung such as is called خِثْى (q. v.)] and bricks, or crude bricks, (لَبِن,) and ashes, and in, or upon, which أَقَط is then cooked: pl. [or coll. gen. n.] as above. (TA.) b4: And A thing like the [milking-vessel called] عُلْبَة, around which [dung such as is called]

خِثْى is put, and which is used for milking therein. (K.) عِلْوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ.

عِلْيَةٌ: see عَلِىٌّ [of which it is said to be pl.].

عَلْوَى, accord. to IAar, [and so in my MS. copy of the K,] but accord. to [other copies of] the K ↓ عَلْوَآءُ, (TA,) i. q: قِصَّةٌ عَالِيَةٌ [app. A story, or an affair, of a high quality]. (K, TA. [See also عَلْيَآءُ.]) عَلْوَآءُ: see what next precedes.

عَلْيَآءُ A high place; (IAth, K, TA;) a subst. in this sense, not [an epithet syn. with عُلْيَا] fem. of أَعْلَى; for if it were this, it would [by rule] be necessarily determinate; (IAth, TA;) [though] it is sometimes used as syn. with عُلْيَا, see أَعْلَى: (Msb:) any high, or overtopping, place: (S, Msb:) this is its primary meaning: (Msb:) and [in like manner] ↓ عَلَايَةٌ signifies any high, or lofty, place; as also ↓ عَلْىٌ. (K.) And Any high thing. (K.) The head of a mountain: (K, TA:) or the head of any high, or overtopping, mountain. (TA.) And العَلْيَآءُ signifies The sky: (K, TA:) a subst., not an epithet. (TA.) مَا زَالَ مِنْهَا بِعَلْيَآءَ means He ceased not to be ennobled, and elevated in rank, or dignity, in consequence of it; i. e., a deed that he had done. (As, TA in art. بعل.) b2: Also (tropical:) A high, or an eminent, deed. (K, TA.) عُلْوِىٌّ: see عَالِىٌّ.

عُلْوَانٌ of a book or writing, The عُنْوَان thereof; (S, Msb, K, * TA;) i. e. its superscription, or title; syn. سِمَةٌ. (TA.) [See arts. عن and عنو.]

عَلْيَانٌ: see the next paragraph: and see also عَلَاةٌ.

عِلْيَانٌ, with kesr, (K, TA,) thus accord. to Az and ISd, but accord. to J, [in the S,] ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, like عَطْشَانٌ [in measure] Tall and corpulent, applied to a man, (S, TA,) and likewise to a woman: (TA:) or bulky: and tall: (K:) or bulky and tall, applied to a man and to a camel; fem. with ة: or, applied to a camel, old and bulky. (TA.) See also عَلَاةٌ, in two places. b2: Also, عِلْيَانٌ, The male hyena: (K, TA:) or a tall hyena. (TA.) b3: And A high, or loud, voice, as also ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ. (K.) A2: And Household-goods, or furniture and utensils; syn. مَتَاعٌ. (TA, as from the K; and TK; but not in my MS. copy of the K, nor in the CK.) عَلَآءٌ inf. n. of عَلِىَ (S, Mgh, Msb) in the phrase عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ (S, Mgh) or فِى المَكَارِمِ: (Msb:) and [used as a simple subst.] it signifies High, or elevated, rank or station; or eminence, or nobility; (K;) as also ↓ عُلًى, and ↓ مَعْلَاةٌ; (S;) or this last signifies the acquisition of high, or elevated, rank or station, or of eminence, or nobility; (K;) [or, agreeably with analogy, a cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.; being originally مَعْلَوَةٌ, of the measure مَفْعَلَةٌ, like مَبْخَلَةٌ and مَجْبَنَةٌ &c.;] and its pl. is مَعَالٍ, (S, Msb,) whence مَعَالِى الأُمُورِ i. e. مكتسب الشرف [a strange explanation of a pl. by a sing., app. meaning (the affairs, or actions, that are) the cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.]. (Msb.) b2: أَبُو العَلَآءِ [is a name for The kind of sweet food called] الفَالُوذَجُ [and الفَالُوذُ, q. v.]. (Har pp. 228.) عَلُوٌّ, like عَدُوٌّ [in measure], an epithet used in the phrase رَجُلٌ عَلُوٌّ لِلرِّجَالِ [app. meaning A man wont to exalt himself to other men]. (TA.) عُلُوٌّ: [see 1, of which it is an inf. n., and] see عِلِىٌّ.

عَلِىٌّ High, elevated, or lofty; (S, K;) applied to a thing; (K;) [and] so ↓ عَالٍ: (Msb:) so, too, the former, [and more commonly so,] in respect of rank, condition, or state; eminent, or noble: and ↓ عِلْيَةٌ is a pl. thereof in the latter sense; like as صِبْيَةٌ is of صَبِىٌّ; [or, as some hold a word of this form and class to be, a quasi-pl. n.;] as in the saying, فُلَانٌ مِنْ عِلْيَةِ النَّاسِ [Such a one is of the high in rank, &c., of men]; (S;) or عِلْيَةٌ, as also ↓ عِلْىٌ, [which latter is of a form proper to quasi-pl. ns. by common consent,] signifies the great in respect of estimation, rank, or dignity, of men, thus used in a pl. sense. (K.) b2: It signifies also Strong, robust, or powerful: (K, TA:) and hence it is used as a proper name of a man; (K, * TA;) and it may be also from the meaning of highness of rank &c., eminence, or nobility. (TA.) b3: العَلِىُّ as a name of God signifies [The High: or the Most High, like ↓ الأَعْلَى; i. e.] He above whom is nothing. (TA.) b4: عَلِيُّونَ [is also a pl. of عَلِىٌّ, and] signifies Persons alighting, or abiding, in the high parts of a country; in this sense opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ: b5: and it signifies also Persons having opulence, and eminence, or nobility; in this sense likewise opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ. (TA.) b6: عَلِيَّةٌ applied to a she-camel means Having strength to bear her burden; as also ↓ مُعْتَلِيَةٌ and ↓ مُسْتَعْلِيَةٌ: and you say نَاقَةٌ حَلِيَّةٌ عَلِيَّةٌ, the former epithet meaning pleasing in appearance and pace, and عالية [an evident mistranscription for عَلِيَّةٌ] meaning excelling. (TA.) b7: And one says, فُلَانٌ هَيىْءٌ عَلِىٌّ, meaning [Such a one is a person of goodly form or aspect or the like,] one who acts effeminately to women. (TA.) عِلِىٌّ i. q. ↓ عُلُوٌّ [an inf. n. of 1, q. v.]. (K, TA.) Hence the reading of Ibn-Mes'ood [in the Kur xxvii. 14], ظُلْمًا وَعِلِيًّا [By reason of wrongfulness and self-exaltation]. (TA.) عُلَاوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ. b2: عُلَاوَةُ الرِّيحِ means The windward side; the side, or quarter, from which the wind blows; with respect to the game, or object of the chase; (S, TA;) and with respect to a man: (TA:) opposed to سُفَالَتُهَا. (S, Msb, * TA.) [See 1, last quarter.]

عِلَاوَةٌ Anything that one has raised and put, (S,) or a thing that one has hung, upon a camel, after the loading him (S, Mgh, Msb) completely, such as the water-skin and the سَفُّود [q. v.], (S,) or such as the [small leathern water-bag called] إِدَاوَة and the سُفْرَة [q. v.]: (Mgh, Msb:) or a thing that is put between the two equiponderant burdens, (K, TA,) after the binding of them upon the camel or other animal: (TA:) pl. عَلَاوَى, (S,) or عِلَاوَاتٌ. (Msb.) b2: Also A superaddition of anything; as meaning something added. (K, TA.) One says, أَعْطَاهُ أَلْفَ دِينَارٍ وَدِينَار عِلَاوَة [as though the phrase were, وَدِينَارَ عِلَاوَة, but the right reading is app. وَدِينَارًا عِلَاوَةً, i. e. He gave him a thousand deenárs, and a deenár as a superaddition, or over and above]. (TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) The upper, or uppermost, part of the head, or of the neck: (K:) or the head of a human being as long as it remains upon the neck: one says, ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَتَهُ i. e. رَأْسَهُ (assumed tropical:) [He smote his head, app. meaning he beheaded him]: (S:) or ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَةَ رَأْسِهِ, which is tropical: (Mgh:) and سَبَتَ عِلَاوَتَهُ (assumed tropical:) he smote his neck [so as to decapitate him]: (S and M in art. سبت:) and سُبِتَتْ عِلَاوَتُهُ (tropical:) His head was cut off; a tropical phrase. (A in that art.) عَلَايَةٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلِّيَانٌ: see عَلَاةٌ, in two places: b2: and عِلْيَانٌ.

عِلِّىٌّ: see عِلِّيُّونَ.

عُلِّيَّةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) the ل, which is meksoorah, being with teshdeed, as is also the ى, (TA,) of the measure فُعِّيلَةٌ, like مُرِّيقَةٌ [n. un. of مُرِّيقٌ], (S,) originally عُلِّيوَةٌ, (S, Msb,) from عَلَوْتُ; (S;) and عِلِّيَّةٌ, with kesr, (S, Msb, K,) of the measure فِعِّيلَةٌ; or, as some say, from a reduplicate root, and of the measure فُعْلِيَّةٌ; adding that there is no instance of فُعِّيلَةٌ in the language; (S;) [therefore it is also mentioned in art. عل;] An upper chamber; or a chamber in the upper, or uppermost, story; syn. غُرْفَةٌ: (S, Msb, K:) pl. عَلَالِىُّ. (S, Msb, K.) b2: And عِلِّيَّةٌ, it is said, may signify also The board upon which is placed the مِعْيَار [or assay-balance]. (Har p. 550.) b3: See also the next paragraph.

عِلِّيُّونَ, [said to be] a pl. of which the sing. is ↓ عِلِّىٌّ, (K and TA in this art. and in art. عل,) or ↓ عِلِّيَّةٌ or عُلِّيَّةٌ, or a pl. having no sing., (K and TA in art. عل,) [or rather it is from a Hebr. word, as I have stated in art. عل,] A place in the Seventh Heaven, to which ascend the souls of the believers: (K, TA:) or the highest of the places: or a certain thing above another thing; [a word] of which the sing. is not known, nor the fem.: or loftiness above loftiness: or the Seventh Heaven [altogether]: or the دِيوَان [or register, or place of reckoning,] of the guardian angels, to which are brought up the reports of the deeds of the righteous: (TA:) or Paradise: or the right leg [or pillar] of the عَرْش [which is vulgarly held to mean the throne of God]: or [the lote-tree called] سِدْرَةُ المُنْتَهَى [respecting which see art. سدر]. (Har p. 5.) [See also other explanations in art. عل.]

عَالٍ: see عَلِىٌّ. b2: [Hence,] رَجُلٌ عَالِى الكَعْبِ (assumed tropical:) A man who is elevated, exalted, eminent, or noble. (K. [See also كَعْبٌ.]) It is said in a trad. respecting Keyleh, لَا يَزَالُ كَعْبُكِ عَالَيًا, meaning May thou not cease to be elevated, or noble; exalted above such as treats, or regards, thee with enmity. (TA.) b3: مِنْ عَالٍ signifies the same as مِنْ عَلِ, q. v. (S, K.) b4: عَالِيَةُ الدَّمِ, said of the حَائِض, means One whose blood rises above the water. (TA.) b5: [عَالٍ applied to a word, or form of word, signifies (assumed tropical:) Of high authority, approved, or chaste: and hence, usual, or common: see أَعْلَى.]

A2: See also عَائِلٌ, in art. عول.

عَالِيَةٌ [a subst. from عَالٍ, rendered such by the affix ة]: see عُلْوٌ. b2: Also [particularly] The upper portion of the spear-shaft; (K, TA;) سَافِلَةٌ signifying the “ lower portion ” thereof: (TA:) or the head (رأس) thereof: or the half that is next to the iron head: (K, TA:) or the part, of the spear, that is below the iron head: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the portion, of the spear, that enters the iron head, extending to the third part thereof [i. e. of the shaft; so that it signifies the uppermost of the three equal portions of the shaft]: (S, TA:) pl. عَوَالٍ, which some explain as meaning the iron heads of spears. (TA. [See an ex. of the pl. in a verse cited voce زُجٌّ.]) Also A straight spear-shaft. (TA.) b3: And The [upper] part, of a valley, whence the water thereof descends. (TA.) b4: العَالِيَةُ, also, is The region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) and to the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it: (S:) and it is said that the عَالِيَة of El-Hijáz is the higher and more elevated part thereof, forming a wide extent of country. (TA.) And [its pl.] العَوَالِى, (K, TA,) as also العَالِيَةُ, (TA,) is applied to Certain towns, or villages, in the exterior of El-Medeeneh, (K, TA,) the nearest four miles distant from it, and the most distant, in the direction of Nejd, eight. (TA.) عَالِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the region called العَالِيَة; (S, K;) and so ↓ عُلْوِىٌّ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) which is anomalous. (S, Msb, K.) أَعْلَى Higher, and highest; contr. of أَسْفَلُ: (M and Msb and K in art. سفل:) the fem. is عُلْيَا; (TA;) which is like دُنْيَا and قُصْيَا, with و changed into ى; (ISd, TA voce بُقْوَى;) and of which the pl. is عُلًى, like as كُبَرٌ is of كُبْرَى. (Msb, TA.) See عَلِىٌّ. b2: One says شَفَةٌ عُلْيَا and ↓ عَلْيَآءُ, but the former is the more usual, meaning An upper lip. (IAmb, Msb, TA.) b3: عُلْيَا مُضَرَ means The higher [app. in respect of territory (see a note in p. xi. of the preface to this work)] of Mudar; (K, TA;) said to denote Kureysh and Keys; the rest being called سُفْلَى مُضَرَ. (TA.) b4: And one says, جَآءَ مِنْ أَعْلَى وَأرْوَحَ, meaning It came from the sky and the place whence the wind blows. (TA.) b5: أَعْلَى applied to a word, or form of word, means (assumed tropical:) [Of higher authority, more approved, or more chaste; and also, hence, as frequency of usage is a necessary condition of فَصَاحَةٌ, q. v.,] more usual or common. (M and TA in art. قر.) b6: One says also, هُمْ بِهِمْ أَعْلَى

عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) They are most knowing respecting them, and most acquainted with their state, or condition. (TA.) b7: And هُوَ أَعْلَى بِكُمْ عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) He is in the highest degree a magnifier, or honourer, of you; ye being greatly esteemed by him. (TA.) b8: اليَدُ العُلْيَا (assumed tropical:) The abstinent, or chaste, hand: or the expending, or disbursing, hand. (TA.) A2: أَعْلَى

formed by transposition from أَعُوَلُ: see the latter, in art. عول.

مَعْلَاةٌ: see عَلَآءٌ.

المُعَلَّى The seventh of the arrows of the game called المَيْسِر; (As, A'Obeyd, S, M, Mgh, K;) the most excellent of them; it has seven notches; and it obtains seven shares [of the slaughtered camel] when it wins, and occasions the imposition of seven fines when it does not win. (M, TA.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce رَقِيبٌ.]

المُعَلِّى: see 2. b2: Also He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from the direction of her left side: (S, K:) or the she-camel has two milkers; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker [thus standing on the left side] is called المُعْلِّى and ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى; and the holder, البَائِنُ: thus in the M: or ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى is he who stands on the left side of the milch beast: or he who takes the milking-vessel with his left hand and milks with his right hand: or he who milks from the left side. (TA.) أَرْضٌ مُعْلَوْلِيَةٌ: see مُغْلَوْلِيَةٌ, in art. غلو.

أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ: see أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ.

مُعْتَلٍ (assumed tropical:) Having ability, or power; as also ↓ مُسْتَعْلٍ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] المُعْتَلِى signifies (assumed tropical:) The lion; (K, TA;) because of his strength. (TA.) b3: See also عَلِىٌّ, last quarter.

A2: هُوَ غَيْرُ مُعْتَلٍ فِى الأَمْرِ means He is not one who falls short, or falls short of doing what is requisite, or who is remiss, in the affair; like غَيْرُ مُؤْتَلٍ. (TA.) المُتَعَالِى, as a name of God, He who is great, or supremely great, above the lie [or lying imputation] of the forgers of falsehood: or the High: and the Most high; who is higher than every [other] high one: (TA:) or He who has ascendency over everything by his power: or He who is great, and exalted, or supremely exalted, above [the ascription of] the attributes of the created beings. (Ksh, Bd.) مُسْتَعْلًى The near, i. e. left, side of a she-camel: you say, أَتَيْتُ النَّاقَةَ مِنع قِبَلِ مُسْتَعْلَاهَا i. e. مِنْ قِبَلِ إِنْسِيِّهَا [I came to the she-camel from the direction of her near, or left, side]. (TA.) مُسْتَعْلٍ: see مُعْتَلٍ; and عَلِىٌّ, last quarter: b2: and see also المُعَلِّى, in two places. b3: اليَدُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ means (assumed tropical:) The hand of him who takes by force, and of the plunderer, and the like: opposed to اليَدُ المُسْتَخْفِيَةُ: the Sunneh ordains that the latter shall be cut off [except in certain cases] but not the former. (TA in art. خقى.) b4: الحُرُوفُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ [The high, or elevated, letters] are خ, ص, ض, ط, ظ, غ, and ق; (K, TA;) in which is a rising [of the tongue] to the palate; with إِطْبَاق [of the tongue (see 4 in art. طبق)] except in خ and غ and ق: opposed to المُنْخَفِضَةُ. (TA.)

ولى

ول

ى1 وَلِيَهُ , (S, Msb, K,) and وَلِى عَلَيْهِ, (Msb, K,) inf. n. وِلَايَةٌ (S, Msb, K,) and وَلَايَةٌ, (K,) or the former is a simple subst., (TA,) and signifies the office, and authority, (K,) He held command or authority over it; had charge of it; presided over it, or superintended it, (namely a thing, S, Msb, K, and a country, province, town, or the like, S, Msb,) as a prefect, commander, governor, lord, prince, king, administrator, or manager; (K, TA;) i. q. ↓ تَوَلَّاهُ. (Msb.) b2: وَلِىَ كَذَا He performed the act or office of doing such a thing; he did such a thing himself.2 وَلَّى He caused to turn away, or back. (Kur-án, ch. ii. v. 136.) b2: He caused to turn towards, with acc. (Idem, ch. ii. v. 139.) b3: He turned away, or departed. (TA.) b4: وَلَّى عَنْهُ He turned away from, avoided, shunned, and left, him or it. (Msb.) b5: وَلَّتِ الحَرْبُ [The war declined]. (A, K, in art. سفر.) b6: وَلَّى هَارِبًا He went back, or retreated, fleeing. (S.) b7: وَلَّيْتُهُ ظَهْرِى

I placed him behind me, and betook myself to defending him. (TA in art. شزن.) b8: More commonly I turned my back upon him, or it: see Har, p. 564. b9: وَلَّى اللَّيْلُ لِيَذْهَبَ The night [declined, i. e.] retreated to depart; syn. أَدْبَرَ. (T in art. دبر.) b10: وَلَّى أَمْرُ القَوْمِ لِفَسَادِ The case of the people, or party, declined, or became reduced to a bad state; syn. أَدْبَرَ. (M in art. دبر.) b11: [وَلَّى كِبَرًا, and وَلَّى alone, both of frequent occurrence in the lexicons, &c., He became in a declining state by reason of age.]

وَلَّى said of a man is syn. with دَبَرَ; as also شَيَّخَ. (S in art. دبر.) See also two exs., p. 75, col. 3. b12: التَّوْلِيَةُ, like الإِدْبَارُ, properly signifies Retrogression; and hence, like this English word, tropically, declension. b13: وَلَّاهُ أَمْرًا He set him over the thing; appointed him superintendent of it; or set him to do it; as also إِيَّاهُ ↓ أَوْلَاهُ. b14: وَلَّى دُبُرَهُ and وَلَّاهُ دُبُرَهُ; see دُبُرٌ, and see three phrases voce ذَنَبٌ.3 وَالَاهُ It was next, or adjacent, to it. Said of one place or tract with respect to another. b2: وَالَى He made a consecution, or succession, of one to the other; (S, K;) بَيْنَهُمَا between them two; (S;) or بَيْنَ الأَمْرَيْنِ between the two things or affairs; he made a successive connexion, or no interruption. (K.) And والاه He made it consecutive, successive, or uninterrupted, in its progressions, or gradations, or the like; syn. تَابَعَهُ [which see]. (Msb.) b3: وَالَاهُ, (MA,) inf. n. مُوَالَاةٌ, (S, KL, TA,) He befriended him, or was friendly to him. (S, MA, KL, TA.) See شَايَعَهُ.4 أَوْلَى He gave: and he made near. (KL.) b2: أَوْلَاهُ مَعْرُوفًا He did to him, or conferred upon him, a benefit, or favour; syn. أَسْدَاه إِلَيْهِ; as though he made it cleave to him, being next to him: or he put him in possession of it. (TA.) You say also, أَوْلَاهُ ذُلَّا [He brought upon him abasement, or ignominy], (S, K, in art. خسف,) and الذُّلَّ وَالهَوَانَ. (Msb in that art., voce خَسْفٌ, q. v.) 5 تَوَلَّى He turned himself, الى towards. (Jel, ii. 139.) He turned away (Idem, xix. 50; and S, Msb) عَنْهُ from him, or it. (S.) b2: تَوَلَّى He turned the back to another: see a verse in art. فيل, conj. 1. b3: تولّى أَمْرًا He took upon himself an affair. b4: تَوَلَّى كِبْرَهُ He took upon himself, or undertook, the main part thereof; syn. تَحَمَّلَ مُعْظَمَهُ. (Jel, xxiv. ii.) b5: تَولَّاهُ: see وَلِيَهُ.10 اِسْتَوْلَى عَلَيْهِ He mastered, or gained the mastery over, him or it; (Msb;) he got it in his hand, possession, or power. (TA.) b2: إِسْتَوْلَتْ عَلَيْهِ الحُجَّةُ [The argument, allegation, or pled, overcame him]. (L in art. بهت.) وَلِىٌّ The manager of a thing, or of the affairs of another: (Msb:) the guardian, or manager of the affairs, and maintainer, of an orphan: the guardian of a women, who affiances her, and independently of whom marriage cannot be contracted by her. (TA.) The executor of a deceased person: (Bd, xvii. 35:) the heir of a deceased person. (Bd, Jel, ibid.) The hair [or next-of-kin] of a slain person, (Bd, Jel, xvii. 35,) who has the management of the affairs after the death of that person. (Bd, ibid.) and the slayer's next-of-kin, who is answerable for him. b2: وَلِىُّ عَهْدٍ and وِلَايَةُ عَهْدٍ: see art. عهد. b3: وَلِىّ اللّٰهِ may be rendered The friend of God: or وَلِىٌّ has the meaning of an act. part. n., i. e. the constant obeyer [of God]: or that of a pass. part. n., i. e. [the favourite of God;] the object of the constant beneficence and favours of God. (TA.) See عَدُوٌّ. b4: أَللّٰهُ وَلِىُّ الحَمْدِ signifies both مُسْتَحِقُّهُ and صَاحِبُهُ. (IbrD.) b5: وَلِىٌّ pl. أَوْلِيَاءُ A saint, &c. b6: وَلِىٌّ The rain after the وَسْمِىّ. (TA in art. عنو.) وَلَآءٌ Relationship: so in the phrase بَيْنَهُمَا وَلَآءٌ [Between them two is relationship]. (JM.) b2: Also used for أَصْحَابُ وَلَآءٍ: see a verse cited voce عَيْرٌ. b3: وَلَآءٌ The right to the inheritance of the property left by an emancipated slave.

وِلَايَةٌ

: see وَلِىٌّ.

وَالٍ

A prefect, governor, ruler, king, regent, judge, magistrate, &c. See مَعُونَةُ.

فُلَانٌ أَوْلَى بِكَذَا Such a one is more, or most, entitled to such a thing; has a better, or the best, right, or title, or claim, to it; is more, or most, deserving, or worthy, of it; is more, or most, competent to it; is more, or most, fit for it; syn. أَحَقُّ بِهِ. (Msb.) But see أَحَقٌّ. See also an ex. voce أُولُو, from the Kur, viii., last verse, and xxxiii. 6. b2: أَوْلَى بِشَىْءٍ

More worthy, or deserving, of a thing. More fit, apt, or proper, for a thing. b3: بِالطَّرِيقِ لِأَوْلَى

A fortiori: see طَرِيقٌ.

مَوْلًى

A lord, or chief; syn. سَيِّدٌ. (TA in the addenda.) b2: The son of a paternal uncle: (S, Msb:) or a relation, (K,) such as a son of a paternal uncle (IAar, K) and the like, (K,) [i. e.] and such as a son of a sister. (IAar, TA.) b3: And A freedman; (S, Msb, K;) so called because he is in the condition of the son of a paternal uncle; being one [under the patronage of his emancipator, i. e.,] whom the emancipator is bound to aid, and whose property he inherits if he dies having no [natural or other legal] heir. (TA.) And (K) a slave: (M, K:) fem. with ة. (M.) مَوَالِيَا

, vulg. مَوَّال (not مَوَالِيَّا) A kind of short poem, generally of five lines, of which all but the penultimate end with the same rhyme: see note 5 to ch. xxvi. of my “ 1001 Nights. ”

صبر

صبر

1 صَبَرَهُ, aor. ـِ (S, M, A, K,) inf. n. صَبْرٌ, (M, K,) He confined him; held him in custody; detained, retained, restrained, or withheld, him, or it; (S, M, A, K;) عَنْهُ from it. (M, A, K.) [Accord. to a copy of the A, ↓ صبّرهُ signifies the same; but this may be a mistranscription. Hence,] صَبَرْتُ نَفْسِى I restrained, or withheld, myself, or my soul; (S, Mgh;) عَلَى كَذَا [to endure such a thing]. (Mgh.) 'Antarah says, mentioning a battle in which he was engaged, فَصَبَرْتُ عَارِفَةً لِذٰلِكَ حُرَّةً

تَرْسُوا إِذَا نَفْسُ الجَبَانِ تَطَلَّعُ meaning حَبَسْتُ نَفْسًا صَابِرَةً [i. e. And I restrained thereat a soul patient and ingenuous, that is firm when the soul of the coward yearns: the last word (for تَتَطَلَّعُ) I have here rendered on the supposition that the poet describes the soul of the coward as one that is yearning for home]. (S.) [And hence,] صَبَرَ is also used intransitively: (Msb:) [or as a trans. verb of which the objective complement, namely, نَفْسَهُ, is understood:] you say, صَبَرَ, aor. and inf. n. as above, (S, M, Msb, K,) He was, or became patient, or enduring; contr. of جَزِعَ: (M, K:) or he restrained, or withheld, himself, or his soul, from impatience: (S, Msb:) or he restrained, or withheld, himself, or his soul, from impatience, and his tongue from complaint, and his members from broil: or, accord. to Dhu-n-Noon, he shunned acts of opposition, and was calm in suffering the pangs of afflictions, and made a show of competence in a state of protracted poverty in places where the means of subsistence were found: or, as some say, he endured trial, or affliction, with good manners: or he was contented in trial, or affliction, without show of complaint: or he constrained himself to attempt things that he disliked: or, accord. to 'Amr Ibn-'Othmán, he maintained constancy with God, and received his trials with an unstraitened mind: or, accord. to El-Khowwás, he steadily adhered to the statutes of the Kur-án and the Sunneh: or, as some say, he was content to perish for gaining the approval of him whom he loved: or, accord. to El-Hareeree, he made no difference between a state of ease, comfort, and affluence, and a state of affliction; preserving calmness of mind in both states: (B:) and you also say ↓ اِصْطَبَرَ, (S, M, Msb, K,) and ↓ اِصَّبَرَ, (S, M, K, TA, [in the CK, erroneously, اصْبَرَّ,]) changing the ط into ص, but not اِطَّبَرَ, for ص is not to be incorporated into ط; (S;) and likewise ↓ تصبّر; (M, K;) both syn. with صَبَرَ; (M;) or ↓ تصبّر signifies he constrained himself to be patient; (S, TA;) [or he took patience: and ↓ اصطبر, he acquired patience; and he was tried with patience: see صَابِرٌ.] One says, صَبَرَ فُلَانٌ عِنْدَ المُصِيبَةِ Such a one was patient on the occasion of affliction. (S.) And صَبَرْتُ عَلَى مَا أَكْرَهُ [I was patient of, or I endured with patience, or bore with, what I dislike]. (A.) And صَبَرْتُ عَمَّا أُحِبُّ [I endured with patience the withholding of myself, or the being debarred, from what I love, or like; or I was patient of the loss, or want, of what I love, or like]: (A:) and عَنْهُ ↓ تَصَبَّرْتُ [I constrained myself to endure with patience the withholding myself, or the being debarred, from it, or him; or I constrained myself to be patient of the loss, or want, of it, or him]. (L, voce تَجَلَّدَ.) and ↓ أَفْضَلُ الصَّبْرِ التَّصَبُّرُ [The most excellent kind of patience is the constraint of oneself to be patient]: a saying of 'Omar. (IAar.) And بَدَنِى لَا يَصْبِرُ عَلَى البَرْدِ (tropical:) [My body will not be patient of cold, or will not endure patiently cold]. (A.) and صَبْرٌ signifies also The being bold or daring [in enduring, or attempting, a thing]. (TA.) b2: Also He made him, or it, firm, or fast; or bound, or tied, him, or it, firmly, or fast. (TA.) [Hence,] صَبَرَهُ عَلَى القَتْلِ, inf. n. as above, He confined him, namely, a man, and other than man, [with bonds or otherwise,] (K, TA,) alive, (TA,) and shot, or cast, at him until he died: (K, TA:) or he set him up for slaughter: (M:) and you say also, قَتَلَهُ صَبْرًا; (S, M, Msb, K;) and صَبَرَهُ; meaning he confined him (i. e. a man) to die, until he died; and in like manner you say ↓ اصبرهُ; (S;) which latter signifies also he slew him in retaliation. (T in art. بوأ.) And قُتِلَ صَبْرًا He (i. e. any living thing) was confined alive, and then shot at, or cast at, until he was put to death: (S:) or he (any living thing) was bound until he was put to death: (Msb:) or he (a man) was bound hand and foot, or held by another man, until he was beheaded: (Mgh:) or he was slain [deliberately,] not on the field of battle, nor in war or fight, nor by mistake: (A 'Obeyd:) and صُبِرَ he was confined, (A,) or held and confined, (B,) to be put to death. (A, B.) صَبْرُ الرُّوحِ [signifies The confining the living, and shooting, or casting, at him until he dies; as is shown in the TA: but it] occurs in a trad., in which it is forbidden, as meaning the act of gelding, or castrating. (A, TA.) b3: Also, (S, Msb,) aor. and inf. n. as above, (Msb,) He confined him to make him swear, until he swore, or took an oath; as also ↓ اصبرهُ: (S:) or he made him to swear a most energetic oath; (Msb;) as also صَبَرَ يَمِينَهُ, (A, Mgh,) which is a tropical phrase: (A:) and ↓ اصبرهُ, (TA in art. بلت,) or عَلَى يَمِينٍ ↓ اصبرهُ, (TA in the present art.,) he (the judge, or governor,) constrained him to swear, or take an oath. (TA.) And صُبِرَ He was confined, or held in custody, in order that he might be made to swear, or take an oath. (A.) And حَلَفَ صَبْرًا He swore, or took an oath, being confined, or held in custody, (S, M,) by the judge, or governor, (M,) in order that he might be made to do so. (S, M.) And صَبَرَ يَمِينًا He swore, or took an oath: (TA in art. بلت:) and he compelled one to take an oath. (Mgh.) b4: See also 2. b5: Also He clave to him; namely, a man; syn. لَزِمَهُ. (M, K.) A2: صَبَرَمِنْهُ: see 8.

A3: صَبَرْتُ, (S, [thus in my copies, without any complement,]) or صَبَرْتُ بِهِ, (M, Msb, K,) aor. ـُ inf. n. صَبْرٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and صَبَارَةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) I became responsible, or surety, for him, or it. (S, M, Msb, K.) b2: and اُصْبُرْنِى Give thou to me a surety. (S, K.) A4: صَبَرُوا طَعَامَهُمْ, (so in the CK, [agreeably with an explanation of the pass. part. n. مَصْبُورٌ, q. v.,]) or ↓ صَبَّرُوهُ, (so in the M, and in my MS. copy of the K, [both probably correct,]) They collected their wheat together without measuring or weighing it; made it a صُبْرَة [q. v.] (M, K.) 2 صبّرهُ, (M, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَصْبِيرٌ, (TA,) He urged him, or made him, to be patient, by a promise of reward: or he said to him, Be thou patient: and ↓ صَبَرَهُ he made him to be patient: (Msb:) or the former, he commanded him, or enjoined him, to be patient; as also ↓ اصبرهُ: (M, K:) and the first, he required of him that he should be patient: (Sgh, TA:) and ↓ اصبرهُ, he attributed to him (جَعَلَ لَهُ) patience; (M, K;) as also ↓ اصطبرهُ. (TA.) b2: See also 1, second sentence.

A2: صبّروا طَعَامَهُمْ: see 1, last sentence. b2: صبّر الشَّىْءَ, inf. n. as above, He heaped up the thing. (O.) A3: [صبّر also signifies He embalmed a dead body with صَبِر, meaning accord. to Freytag myrrh; but for this I know not any authority: he mentions the verb as occurring in this sense in “ Hamak. Waked. ” p. 94, last line.

A4: Also He ballasted a ship: used in this sense in the present day. See صَابُورَةٌ.]3 صابرهُ, (A, MA,) inf. n. مُصَابَرَةٌ (A, K) and صِبَارٌ, (K,) [He vied with him in patience, or endurance; as shown in what follows: or] he acted patiently with him: (MA:) صَابِرُوا in the Kur iii. last verse means Vie ye in patience, or endurance: (Ksh, Bd, Jel: *) or in this instance, in the saying اِصْبِرُوا وَصَابِرُوا وَرَابِطُوا, the three verbs are progressive in meaning; the first meaning less than the second; and the second, less than the third: or the meaning is, [be ye patient] with yourselves, and [vie ye in patience] with your hearts in enduring trial with respect to God, and [remain ye steadfast] with your minds in desire for God: or [be ye patient] with respect to God, and [vie ye in patience] with God, and [remain ye steadfast] with God. (B, TA.) [See also 3 in art. ربط.]4 اصبرهُ: see 1, latter half, in four places: b2: and see 2, in two places.

A2: [مَا أَصْبَرَهُ How patient, or enduring, is he!] b2: مَا أَصْبَرَهُمْ عَلَى النَّارِ [in the Kur ii. 170] means How bold are they [to encounter the fire of Hell]! (K:) or how bold are they to do the deeds of the people of the fire [of Hell] | (TA:) or how much do they occupy themselves in doing the deeds of the people of the fire [of Hell] ! (K:) this last explanation is in the Tekmileh. (TA.) A3: اصبرهُ also signifies He (the judge, A, TA, or the Sultán, El-Ahmar, TA) retaliated for him. (El-Ahmar, A, TA. [See 8.]) A4: اصبر [intrans.] It (a thing) was, or became, hard; syn. اِشْتَدَّ. (A. [See صَبَرٌ.]) b2: He fell into what is termed أُمُّ صَبُّورٍ, (K, TA,) i. e. a calamity: and he became in what is termed أُمُّ صَبَّارٍ, i. e. a حَرَّة. (TA.) b3: He sat upon the صَبِير, (K, TA,) i. e. the mountain. (TA.) b4: It (milk) was, or became, very sour, inclining to [the flavour of صَبِر, i. e.] bitterness. (K.) b5: He ate the صَبِيرَة, (IAar, K,) i. e. the thin, round cake of bread so called. (TA.) b6: And He stopped the head of a flask, or bottle, with a صِبَار, (K, TA,) i. e. a stopper. (TA.) 5 تَصَبَّرَ see 1, near the middle of the paragraph, in four places.6 تَصَابُرٌ [relating to a number of persons] signifies The being patient, or enduring, one with another. (KL.) [You say, تصابروا They were patient, or enduring, one with another.] b2: and تصابروا عَلَى فُلَانٍ They leagued together, and aided one another, against such a one. (Ibn-Buzurj, TA in art. ضفر.) 8 اِصْطَبَرَ, and its var. اِصَّبَرَ: see 1, former half in three places. b2: اصطبر مِنْهُ He retaliated by slaying him, or wounding him, or the like; (A, K;) and so مِنْهُ ↓ صَبَرَ. (TA.) A2: [And accord. to Reiske, It was collected: (mentioned by Freytag:) app. as quasi-pass. of 1 in the last of the senses assigned to it above.]

A3: اصطبرهُ: see 2.10 استصبر It (a vapour, TA) became dense. (K, TA. [See صَبِيرٌ.]) R. Q. 1 accord. to the S, صَنْبَرَ: see art. صنبر.

صَبْرٌ [inf. n. of 1, q. v. b2: Used as a simple subst.,] Patience, or endurance; contr. of جَزَعٌ: (M, K:) or restraint of oneself, or of one's soul, from impatience. (S. [Several other explanations of this word are shown by explanations of the verb.]) b3: شَهْرُ الصَّبْرِ The month of fasting: (K:) fasting being called صَبْر because it is self-restraint from food and beverage and sexual intercourse. (TA, from a trad.) b4: [قَتَلَهُ صَبْرًا, and قُتِلَ صَبْرًا: see 1.]

b5: يَمِينُ الصَّبْرِ The oath for which the judge, or governor, [in the CK الحُكْمُ is erroneously put for الحَكَمُ,] holds one in custody until he swears it: (M, K:) or the oath that is obligatory (K, TA) upon the swearer, (TA,) and which the swearer is compelled to take, (Mgh, K,) he being confined by the Sultán until he do so: (Mgh, * TA:) such an oath is also termed ↓ يَمِينٌ مَصْبُورَةٌ: (Mgh:) [i. e.] the term مَصْبُورَةٌ is applied to an oath, (S, K, TA,) meaning one on account of which a man is confined, in order to make him swear it; (TA; [and this seems to be indicated by the context in the S and K;]) but the man being مَصْبُور, and not the oath, the latter is thus termed tropically. (TA.) b6: [حَلَفَ صَبْرًا: see 1.]

A2: See also صَبِرٌ.

صُبْرٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and ↓ صِبْرٌ (M, Msb, K) The side of a thing: (S, M, K:) or a side rising above the rest of a thing: (Msb:) or its upper part, or top: (TA:) and the edge of a thing: (S, M, K:) and its thickness: formed by transposition from بُصْرٌ: (S:) pl. أًصْبَارٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) and pl. pl. أَصْبَارَةٌ. (Msb.) أَصْبَارٌ signifies The sides of a vessel, (S,) and of a grave. (TA.) And you say, He filled the drinking-cup, (S, M, A, K,) and the measure, (A, TA,) إِلَى أَصْبَارِهِ, (S, M, A, K,) to its top, (S, M, K,) as also الى أَصْمَارِهِ; (S;) or to its uppermost parts; (TA;) or to its edges. (A.) And أَخَذَهُ بِأَصْبَارِهِ He took it altogether. (S, M, A, Msb, * K.) And لَقِىَ الشِّدَّةَ بِأَصْبَارِهَا (assumed tropical:) He met with complete distress, or adversity. (As, S.) And in a trad., the tree called سِدْرَةُ المُنْتَهَى is said to be صُبْرَ الجَنَّةِ in the highest part of Paradise. (A, TA.) b2: Also the former, (S, M, K,) and ↓ صُبُرٌ, (M, K,) Land in which are pebbles, (S, M, K,) not rugged. (S, M.) Hence, ↓ أُمُّ صَبَّارٍ, q. v. (S, M.) b3: See also صَبِيرٌ, in two places.

صِبْرٌ: see صُبْرٌ: b2: and صَبِيرٌ in two places: A2: and see also صَبِرٌ.

صَبَرٌ Ice; syn. حَمَدٌ: (A, Sgh, K:) and [its n. un.] with ة, a piece thereof: (A, Sgh:) from

أَصْبَرَ meaning اِشْتَدَّ. (A.) صَبِرٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and ↓ صَبْرٌ, which latter is allowable only in cases of necessity in poetry, (S, Msb, K,) or it is allowable in other cases, as also ↓ صِبْرٌ, agreeably with analogy, (Ibn-Es-Seed, Msb,) [Aloes;] a certain bitter medicine; (S, Mgh, Msb;) the expressed juice of a certain bitter tree; (M, K;) the expressed juice of a certain tree of which the leaves are like the sheaths of knives, long and thick, with a dusty and dull hue in their greenness, of rough appearance, from the midst of which there comes forth a stalk whereon is a yellow flower, ثمد [but what this means I know not] in odour; (Lth, TA;) it grows like the green سُوسَن [or lily], save that the leaves of the صبر are longer and broader and much thicker, and it contains very much juice; (AHn, M, O, TA;) it is crushed and thrown into the presses, then bruised with pieces of wood, and trodden with the feet until its expressed juice flows, when it is left until it thickens, then it is put into leathern bags, and exposed to the sun until it dries: (AHn, O:) the best sort is the سُقُطْرِىّ [i. e. of the Island of Sukutrà]: and it is also known by the name of ↓ صَبَّارَةٌ [a name now applied to the plant]: (TA:) the n. un. is صَبِرَةٌ [and صَبْرَةٌ and صِبْرَةٌ]: and the pl. is صُبُورٌ. (M, TA.) b2: [Accord. to Freytag, it signifies also Myrrh: but for this I know not any authority.]

صُبُرٌ: see صُبْرٌ.

صَبْرَةٌ: see صُبَارَةٌ: A2: and see صَبَارَّةٌ, in two places.

A3: Also Urine, and dung of camels and other beasts, compacted together in a wateringtrough. (K.) A4: أَبُو صَبْرَةَ, (so in a copy of the M,) or ↓ أَبُو صُبَيْرَةَ, (so in the K and TA,) A certain bird; (M, K;) red in the belly, black in the head and wings and tail, the rest of it being red; (M;) thus in the L; (TA;) or red in the belly, black in the back and head and tail; (K;) thus in the Tekmileh: (TA:) [but] AHát says, in “ the Book of Birds,” أَبُو صُبَيْرَةَ, which is [the same as] ↓ أَبُو صَبِرَةَ, is [a bird] red in the belly, black in the head and wings and tail, the rest of it being red, of the colour of صَبِر: and the pl. is صُبَيْرَاتٌ and صَبِرَاتٌ. (O.) صُبْرَةٌ A quantity collected together, of wheat (&c.], without being measured or weighed, (S, * M, Msb, * K,) heaped up: (TA:) pl. صُبَرٌ. (S, Msb.) You say, اِشْتَرَيْتُ الشَّىْءَ صُبْرَةً I bought the thing without its being measured or weighed. (S, Msb.) b2: And Reaped grain collected together; or wheat collected together in the place where it is trodden out: (M, TA:) or when trodden out and thrashed. (Msb in art. كدس.) b3: and Wheat sifted (M, K) with a thing resembling a سَرَنْد [or سِرِنْد, which is a Pers\. word, here app. meaning a kind of net]. (M.) b4: And Rough, or rugged, stones, collected together: pl. صِبَارٌ. (M, K.) [See also صُبَارَةٌ.]

أَبُو صَبِرَةَ: see صَبْرَةٌ.

صَبَارٌ: see صُبَارَةٌ, in two places.

صُبَارٌ (M, K) and ↓ صُبَّارٌ (K) The fruit of a kind of tree, intensely acid, having a broad, red stone, brought from India, said to be (M) the tamarind, (M, K,) used as a medicine. (M.) صِبَارٌ A stopper [of a bottle]; syn. سَدَادٌ. (K. [See 4, last sentence.]) A2: And The fruit of a certain acid tree. (K. [But in this sense it is probably a mistake for صُبَارٌ, q. v.]) صَبُورٌ: see صَابِرٌ, in four places.

صَبِيرٌ: see صَابِرٌ, in two places. b2: Also A surety. (S, M, Msb, K.) You say, هُوَ بِهِ صَبِيرٌ He is a surety for him, or it. (TA.) b3: and صَبِيرُ قَوْمٍ The chief, head, director, conductor, or manager, of the affairs of a people, or party: (M, K:) he who is patient for, and with, a people, or party, in [the managing of] their affairs: (A:) pl. صُبَرَآءُ. (M.) b4: [And accord. to Golius, A solitary man, having neither offspring nor brother: but app. a mistake for صُنْبُورٌ, which is thus expl. in the S in this art.]

A2: Also, (S, M, K,) and ↓ صُبَارَةٌ, (M,) A white cloud; (M, K;) and so ↓ صِبْرٌ and ↓ صُبْرٌ, of which the pl. is أَصْبَارٌ: (K:) or white clouds; (M, K;) as also أَصْبَانٌ, pl. of ↓ صِبْرٌ and ↓ صُبْرٌ: (Fr, Yaakoob, S:) or white clouds that scarcely ever, or never, give rain: (S:) or clouds, (M, K,) or white clouds, (As, S,) that become disposed one above another (As, S, M, K) in the manner of steps: (As, S, M:) or a dense cloud that is above another cloud: (M, K:) or a stationary portion of cloud: (K:) or a portion of cloud which one sees as though it were مَصْبُورَة, i. e. detained; but this explanation is of weak authority: or, accord. to AHn, clouds remaining stationary a day and a night; as though detained: (M:) or clouds in which are blackness and whiteness: or, as some say, clouds slow in motion, by reason of their heaviness and the abundance of their water: (Ham p. 786:) the pl. of صَبِيرٌ is the same as the sing., (M,) or it is صُبُرٌ. (S, M, K.) b2: And صَبِيرٌ, A mountain: (O, K:) or الصَّبِيرُ is the name of a particular mountain. (TA.) b3: [And accord. to Freytag, as from the K, in which I do not find this meaning, A hill consisting of stones.]

A3: Also صَبِيرٌ, (K,) i. e. (TA) the صَبِير of a خَوَان [or table, or thing upon which one eats], (M, A, TA,) A thin, round cake of bread, which is spread beneath the food that one eats: (M, A, K:) or (K, TA, but in the CK “ and ”) upon which the food to be eaten at a wedding-feast is ladled (K, TA) by the maker of the bread: (TA:) also called ↓ صَبِيرَةٌ. (K.) صَبَارَةٌ: see the next paragraph: A2: and see صَبَارَّةٌ.

صُبَارَةٌ (S, M, K) and ↓ صَبَارَةٌ and ↓ صِبَارَةٌ (K) Stones: (S, M, K:) or smooth stones: (TA:) or صُبَارَةٌ signifies, (M,) or صَبَارَةٌ signifies also, (K,) a piece of stone, or portion of stones: or of iron. (M, K.) A poet says, (S,) namely, El-Aashà, (M,) or 'Amr Ibn-Milkat Et-Tá-ee, addressing 'Amr Ibn-Hind, who had a brother slain, (IB,) مَنْ مُبْلِغٌ عَمْرًا بِأَنَّ المَرْءَ لَمْ يُخْلَقْ صُبَارَهْ (so in the S; but in the M and TA this verse is given differently, with شَيْبَانَ and أَنَّ in the places of عَمْرًا and بِأَنَّ; and it is said in the M that accord. to one relation the last word is صِيَارَهْ, [with ى,] which, it is added, is like صُبَارَه in meaning;) [i. e. Who will tell 'Amr, or Sheybán, that man was not created stones?] but IB says that the last word is correctly صِبَارَهْ, with kesr to the ص; and the poet means, man is not stone, that he should patiently endure the like of this: (TA:) [J says,] accord. to one relation, the last word is صَبَارَهْ, with fet-h, which is pl. of ↓ صَبَارٌ, the صَبَارٌ being affixed to denote its being a pl. pl., for صَبْرَةٌ is pl. of ↓ signifying strong, or hard, stones: [and he adds,] El-Aashà says, ↓ قُبَيْلَ الصُّبْحِ أَصْوَاتُ الصَّبَارِ (S:) but IB says that صَبَارٌ and صَبَارَةٌ are not pls. of صَبْرَةٌ; for فَعَالٌ is not a pl. form, but فِعَالٌ, with kesr, like حِجَارٌ and جِبَالٌ: (TA:) [and it is said that] the verse from which this is cited is not by El-Aashà, and is correctly and completely as follows: كَأَنَّ تَرَنُّمَ الهَاجَاتِ فِيهَا قُبَيْلَ الصُّبْحِ أَصْوَاتُ الصِّيَارِ by الصيار being meant the صَنْج, (TS, K, TA,) the stringed instrument thus called: (TS, TA:) accord. to the reading given in the S, the verse means, As though the croaking of the frogs in it, a little before daybreak, were the sounds of falling stones: and this is correct. (TA.) A2: See also صَبِيرٌ.

صِبَارَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

رَجُلٌ صَبُورَةٌ: see مَصْبُورٌ.

صَبِيرَةٌ: see صَبِيرٌ, last sentence.

أَبُو صُبَيْرَةَ: see صَبْرَةٌ.

صَبَارَّةٌ, [respecting the form of which see حَمَارَّةٌ,] (S, M, K,) and ↓ صَبَارَةٌ, without teshdeed, (Lh, M, K,) and ↓ صَبْرَةٌ, (K,) The intenseness of the cold (S, M, K) of winter: (S, M:) and [in an absolute sense] intenseness of cold: (TA:) and ↓ صَبْرَةٌ signifies also the middle of winter; (K;) and so ↓ صَوْبَرَةٌ. (TA.) صَبَّارٌ: see صَابِرٌ, in two places. b2: أُمُّ صَبَّارٍ (S, M, A, K) and ↓ أُمُّ صَبُّورٍ, (K,) or the former only is meant in the K as having the first of the significations here following, (TA,) A stony tract, of which the stones are black and worn and crumbling, as though burned with fire; syn. حَرَّةٌ; (T, S, M, A, &c.;) for which حَرّ is erroneously put in copies of the K: (TA:) from ↓ صُبْرٌ, q. v.; (S, M;) or from صُبَارَةٌ: or, accord. to some, such as is level, abounding with stones, and difficult to walk upon: (M:) or the former is [the tract called] حَرَّةُ لَيْلَى, and [that called] حَرَّةُ النَّارِ: (ElFezáree:) or it has the first of the above-mentioned significations, and signifies also a [mountain, or hill, such as is termed] هَضْبَة: (ISk:) or smooth rock upon which nothing makes an impression: but the latter, accord. to Aboo-'Amr Esh-Sheybánee, signifies a هَضْبَة without a pass. (ISh.) b3: Also أُمُّ صَبَّارٍ (M, K) and ↓ أًمُّ صَبُّورٍ (S, M, K) A calamity, or misfortune: and a severe war: (M, K:) or the latter, a distressing case. (S.) One says, وَقَعُوا فِى أُمِّ صَبَّارٍ (M) and ↓ أُمِّ صَبُّورٍ (S, M) They fell into a calamity, &c.: (M:) or the latter, they fell into a distressing case: (S:) or into a perplexing and distressing case, from which they could not escape, like the هَضْبَة, above mentioned, without a pass: (Aboo-'Amr EshSheybánee:) but in some of the copies of the “ Alfádh ” [of ISk], أُمِّ صَيُّورٍ, as though derived from صِيَارَةٌ, signifying “ stones. ” (TA.) صُبَّارٌ: see صُبَارٌ.

أُمُّ صَبُّورٍ: see صَبَّارٌ, in three places.

صَبَّارَةٌ Rugged ground, rising above the adjacent part or parts, and hard, (K, TA,) in which is no herbage, and which produces none: or i. q. أُمُّ صَبَّارِ. (TA.) A2: See also صَبِرٌ.

صَابِرٌ and ↓ صَبُورٌ, (M, K,) the latter of which is also applied to a female, without ة, (M,) and ↓ صَبِيرٌ (M, K) and ↓ صَبَّارٌ, (M,) are epithets from صَبَرَ “ he was patient, or enduring: ” (M, K:) the five following epithets are said to denote different degrees of patience: صَابِرٌ is the most general of them [in signification, meaning simply Patient, or enduring]: ↓ مُصْطَبِرٌ signifies acquiring patience; and tried with patience: ↓ مُتَصَبِّرٌ, constraining himself to be patient: ↓ صَبُورٌ, having great patience; [or very patient;] whose patience is greater than that of others; [as also ↓ صَبِيرٌ; or this signifies rendered patient, from صَبَرَهُ;] denoting quality, or manner: and ↓ صَبَّارٌ, having an intense degree of patience; [or having very great patience;] denoting measure, and quantity: the pl. of ↓ صَبُورٌ is صُبُرٌ. (TA.) As an epithet applied to God, (Aboo-Is-hák [i. e. Zj],) ↓ الصَّبُورُ signifies The Clement, or Forbearing, who does not hastily avenge Himself upon the disobedient, but forgives, or defers: (Aboo-Is-hák, K:) [it may be well rendered The Long-suffering:] it is an intensive epithet. (TA.) One says also, هُوَ صَابِرٌ عَلَى البَرْدِ (tropical:) [He is a patient endurer of cold]. (A.) صَنْبَرٌ; &c.: see art. صنبر.

صَوْبَرَةٌ: see صَبَارَّةٌ.

صَابُورَةٌ Ballast of a ship; the weight that is put in the bottom of a ship. (TA.) أَصْبَرُ [More, and most, patient or enduring].

أَصْبَرُ مِنْ حِمَارٍ [More patient than an ass] is a prov. (Meyd.) And one says, هُوَ أَصْبَرُ عَلَى

الضَّرْبِ مِنَ الأَرْضِ (tropical:) [He is more patient of beating than the ground]. (A.) [The fem.] صُبْرَى is applied to a she-camel by Honeyf El-Hanátim [as meaning Surpassingly patient or enduring]. (IAar, TA in art. بهى.) أَصْبِرَةٌ Sheep or goats, and camels, that return in the evening and morning to their owners, not remaining away from them: (M, K: *) [a pl. having no sing.: (K:) [ISd says,] I have not heard any sing. of it. (M.) مَصْبُورٌ [pass. part. n. of 1, q. v. Confined, &c. b2: ] Confined [with bonds or otherwise], (K,) or set up, (M,) to be put to death: (M, K:) and ↓ رَجُلٌ صَبُورَةٌ a man confined, (K,) or set up, (M,) to be put to death; (M, K;) i. q. مَصْبُورٌ لِلْقَتْلِ: (Th, M, K:) and مَصْبُورَةٌ, applied to a beast (بَهِيمَةٌ, A), confined [or bound] to be put to death [and in that state killed by arrows or the like]; i. q. مَحْبُوسَةٌ عَلَى المَوْتِ: such is forbidden to be eaten. (S, A.) b3: مَصْبُورَةٌ applied to an oath: see صَبْرٌ.

A2: Also Made into a صُبْرَة, like a صُبْرَة of wheat; so gathered or collected together. (TA.) مُصْطَبِرٌ: see صَابِرٌ. [مصطير is expl. by Reiske as signifying Collecta caro (ὄγκοσ τῆσ σαρκός): mentioned by Freytag: if so, it is app. مُصْطَبِرٌ: see its verb.]

مُتَصَبِّرٌ: see صَابِرٌ.

هرم

هرم

1 هَرِمَ He became extremely aged; (K;) old and infirm; (Msb;) decrepit; or a weak old man.

هَرِمٌ The mind: see 6 in art. رق.

خنس

خنس

1 خَنَسَ, (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـُ (S,) or ـِ (Mgh, Msb,) or both, (K,) inf. n. خُنُوسٌ, (A,) or خَنْسٌ, (Msb,) or both, (K, TA,) and خُنَاسٌ, (TA,) He went, or drew, back or backwards; receded; retreated; retired; or retrograded: or he remained behind; held back; hung back; or lagged behind: syn. تَأَخَّرَ: (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K:) عَنْهُ from him or it: (S, K:) or مِنْ بَيْنِ القَوْمِ from among the company of people: and hid himself: (A:) or and shrank, or drew himself together: (TA:) and ↓ انخنس signifies the same; (Msb, K;) and so ↓ اختنس; and خَنُسَ, aor. ـُ is mentioned by Sgh: (TA:) or خَنَسَ signifies he went back, &c., syn. تأخّر: and also, he shrank, or drew himself together: (Mgh, Msb: *) and he hid himself; became hidden or absent. (TA.) You say, خَنَسَ الكَوْكَبُ (tropical:) The star returned, or went back, or retrograded: syn. رَجَعَ; a tropical signification: (A: [and in the TA it is said that خَنْسٌ is syn. with رُجُوعٌ, and is tropical in this sense:]) or became hidden, (K, TA,) like a gazelle in its covert, (TA,) or like the devil when he hears the mention of God: (K, TA:) or became concealed in the day-time: (TA:) and خُنُوسٌ signifies also the being, or becoming, depressed. (Ham p. 332.) And خَنَسَ عَنِ القَوْمِ He held back, or hung back, from the company of people; remained behind them, not going with them; syn, تَخَلَّفَ; (As, on the authority of an Arab of the desert, of the Benoo-'Okeyl;) as also ↓ انخنس. (K.) [This is said in the TA to be tropical; but why, I see not.] and خَنَسَتِ النَّخْلُ (assumed tropical:) The palm-trees were backward to receive fecundation, (تَأَخَّرَتْ عَنْ قَبُولِ التَّلْقِيحِ, lit, held back from receiving fecundation,) so that it had not any effect upon them, and they did not bear fruit that year. (TA.) And يَخْنِسُ الشَّيْطَانُ إِذَا سَمِعَ ذِكْرَ اللّٰهِ The devil shrinks when he hears the mention of God. (Msb.) and خَنَسَ مِنْ بَيْنِ أَصْحَابِهِ He hid himself from among his companions. (TA.) And خَنَسَ عَنِّى (tropical:) He, or it, [app. the latter,] became hid from me. (A.) And خَنَسَ بِهِ He went away with him; took him away; so that he was not seen; (ISh, K;) as also به ↓ تخنّس: (K:) and he hid him, or it. (TA.) A2: See also 4, in four places.

A3: خَنِسَ الأَنْفٌ, aor. ـَ (Msb,) inf. n. خَنَسٌ, (S, A, Msb, K,) The nose was, or became, [camous, or camoys, i. e.,] depressed in its bone: (Msb:) or depressed in its bone, (A,) or contracted therein, (TA,) and wide in the end: (A, TA:) or retiring from the face, with a slight elevation in the end; (S, K, TA;) خَنَسٌ being nearly the same as فَطَسٌ: (TA:) or retiring towards the head, and rising from the lip, not being long nor prominent: or its bone lay close upon the elevated part of the cheek, and it was large in the end. (TA.) See also the inf. n. voce أَخْنَسُ. b2: خَنِسَتِ القَدَمُ, inf. n. خَنَسٌ, The foot was, or became, flat in the hollow part of the sole, and fleshy. (TA: but only the inf. n. of the verb in this sense is there mentioned.) 4 اخنسهُ He made him to go back or backwards; to recede, retreat, retire, or retrograde: or he put him, or placed him, or made him to be, behind, or after: or he made him to remain behind, hold back, hang back, or lag behind: or he kept him back: or he delayed, or retarded, him: syn. أَخَّرَهُ: (T, A, Msb, K:) as also ↓ خَنَسَهُ, (Fr, T, A, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ (Msb,) [and app., accord. to the K, خَنُسَ also,] inf. n. خَنْسٌ; (Msb;) but the former is the more common: (TA:) and (tropical:) hid him, or it: or made him, or it, to hide himself or itself; (A;) or he left behind, (As, S:) and went away from, (S,) him, or it: (As, S:) or both signify he contracted, or drew together, or made to contract or draw together, him [or it]: (Msb:) or the latter verb has this signification as well as that of أَخَّرَهُ: (Mgh:) [and so has the former also, as will be seen below:] and the former also signifies (tropical:) he hid, or concealed, him, or it; (A;) as also بِهِ ↓ خَنَسَ, as mentioned above. (TA.) You say, أَخْنَسْتُ عَنْهُ بَعْضَ حَقِّهِ I kept back (أَخَّرْتُ) from him part of his right, or due. (Fr, TA.) And أَخْنَسُوا الطَّرِيقَ (tropical:) They passed beyond the road: (AA, TA:) or left it behind them: (TA:) or passed beyond it and left it behind them. (A.) And أَشَارَ بِأَرْبَعٍ وَأَخْنَسَ إِبْهَامَهُ, (A,) and ↓ خَنَسَهَا, (Mgh, Msb, K,) He [made a sign with four fingers and] contracted his thumb. (Mgh, Msb, K.) It is related of Mohammad, that he said, “The month is thus and thus,”

[twice extending the fingers and thumb of each hand,] and that, the third time, إِصْبَعَهُ ↓ خَنَسَ, i. e., he contracted his finger, [meaning, one of his fingers,] to inform them that the month is nine and twenty [nights with their days]. (TA.) 5 تخّنس بِهِ: see 1.7 إِنْخَنَسَ see 1, in two places.8 إِخْتَنَسَ see 1.

خُنُسٌ: see أَخْنَسُ.

A2: A place of gazelles: (K:) or a place to which gazelles betake themselves for covert. (L.) خَنَاسٌ: see أَخْنَسُ.

الخَنَّاسُ The devil: (S, K:) an epithet applied to him, (Msb,) because he retires, or shrinks, or hides himself, (يَخْنُسُ, S, Msb, K, i. e., يَتَأَخَّرُ, as is implied in the S, or يَنْقَبِضُ, Msb, or يَغِيبُ, K,) at the mention of God; (S, Msb, K; *) being an intensive act. part. n. from خَنَسَ. (Msb.) خِنَّوْسٌ: see أَخْنَسُ, in two places.

خَانِسٌ Going back or backwards; receding; retreating; retiring; or retrograding: or remaining behind; holding back; hanging back; or lagging behind: syn. مُتَأَخِّرٌ: pl. خُنَّسٌ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] الخُنَّسُ, (in the Kur lxxxi. 15, S,) (tropical:) The stars; (S, K;) i. e., all of them; because they retire, or hide themselves, (تَخْنُسُ,) at setting; or because they become concealed in the day-time: (S:) or the planets: (S, K:) or the five stars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury: (Fr, S, K, Jel:) because they return, (تَخْنُسُ, i. c., تَرْجِعُ, Jel,) in their course: (Fr, S, Jel:) when you see a star [thereof] in the end of a sign of the zodiac, it returns to the beginning of it: (Jel:) or because of their retrogression; for they are the erratic stars (الكَوَاكِبُ المُتَحَيَّرِةُ), which [at one time appear to] retrograde, and [at another time to] pursue a direct [and forward] course: (S:) or because they sometimes return (تخنس) in their course until they become concealed in the light of the sun: (TA:) or because they hide themselves, as the devil does at the mention of God. (K, TA.) b3: And hence, i. e., from خَانِسٌ in the sense of مُتَأَخِّرٌ, the saying in a trad. of El-Hajjáj, الإِبِلُ ضِمَّرٌ خِنَّسٌ, meaning, (assumed tropical:) [Camels are lean, and lank in the belly, and] patient of thirst. (TA.) b4: And اللَّيَالِى الخُنَّسُ The three nights of the lunar month during which the moon retires [from view]. (TA.) أَخْنَسُ [Having a camous, or camoys, nose;] having the configuration termed خَنَسٌ in the nose: (S, Msb, K:) [see خَنِسَ الأَنْفُ:] accord. to some, having a nose of which the bone is short and the end turning back towards its bone: (TA:) fem.

خَنْسَآءُ: (S, Msb:) pl. خُنْسٌ. (S, A.) ↓ خَنَسٌ in its original application is in gazelles and bulls and cows: (TA:) all bulls and cows are خُنْس, (S, A, TA,) and so are all gazelles: (TA:) or ↓ خُنُسٌ, with two dammehs, (K,) but written by Sh خُنْسٌ, (TA,) is used to signify gazelles: and bulls or cows: (K:) and خَنْسَآءُ is an epithet applied to the wild cow: (K:) also أَخْنَسُ, to the tick: (Sgh, K:) and the lion; and so ↓ خِنَّوْسٌ; (K;) which last is an epithet so applied as relating to his face and his nose: (Fr, TA:) and the last, ↓ خنّوس, is also applied to a young pig: (As, TA:) or in this sense it is with ص: (Fr, TA:) and ↓ خَنَاسٌ is syn, with خِنَّوْسٌ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] خُنْسٌ is metaphorically applied [as an epithet] to arrows, in the following verse, describing a coat of mail: لَهَا عُكَنٌ تَرُدُّ النَّبْلَ خُنْسًا وَتْهْزَأُ بِالْمَعَابِلِ وَالْقِطَاعِ [It has folds which repel the arrows turned up at the points, and mock at the broad and long, and the small and broad, arrow-heads]. (TA.) b3: قَدَمٌ خَنْسَآءُ A foot flat in the hollow part of the sole, and fleshy. (TA.)

خبص

خبص

1 خَبَصَهُ, aor. ـِ (A, Msb, K,) inf. n. خَبْصٌ, (Msb,) He mixed it. (A, Msb, K.) b2: خَبَصَ, aor. ـِ and ↓ خبّص, inf. n. تَخْبِيصٌ; He turned over and mixed and made [خَبِيص, q. v.]: and ↓ تخبّص * (K) and ↓ اختبص (A, K) he made, or prepared, for himself خَبِيص. (K, * TA.) 2 خَبَّصَ see 1.5 تَخَبَّصَ see 1.8 إِخْتَبَصَ see 1.10 استخبص ضَيْفُهُمْ Their guest asked for, or demanded, a mess of خَبِيص [q. v.]. (A, TA.) خَبِيصٌ Mixed; syn. مَخْبُوصٌ. (TA.) b2: A kind of food, (Msb, TA,) sweet, (TA,) well known, (S, Msb, TA,) made of dates and clarified butter, (A, K, TA,) mixed together: (TA:) [Golius adds, on the authority of Ibn-Maaroof, “aut amylo et defruto; ” app. meaning, or of starch and of new wine of which half or a third part has been boiled away: and one kind, called خَبِيصٌ مُرَمَّلٌ, was made with coarse flour: (see جَرِيشٌ:)] of the measure فَعِيلٌ in the sense of the measure مَفْعُولٌ: (Msb:) خَبِيصَةٌ is a more particular term [signifying a mess of خَبِيص]. (S.) مِخْبَصَةٌ A spoon, or thing like a spoon, with which خَبِيص is made; (S, as in two different copies;) a spoon with which خبيص is stirred about, or turned over, (A, L, K,) in the [vessel called] طِنْجِير: (K:) or the thing in which خبيص is stirred about, or turned over. (L, TA.)

خفق

خفق

1 خَفْقٌ signifies The striking, or slapping, (JK, S, K,) a thing, [so as to make a slight sound,] with a دِرَّة [q. v.], (JK, K,) or with something broad. (JK, S, K.) You say, خَفَقَهُ, (Mgh, Msb,) aor. ـِ [and خَفُقَ], inf. n. خَفْقٌ, (Msb,) He struck, or slapped, him, or it, [so as to make a slight sound,] with something broad, (Mgh, Msb,) such as a دِرَّة. (Msb.) And خَفَقَهُ, aor. ـِ and خَفُقَ, He struck him slightly, [or so as to make a slight sound,] with a sword, (S, K,) and with a whip, and with a دِرَّة. (TA.) And خَفَقَ الأَرْضَ بِنَعْلِهِ He struck the ground [so as to make a sound] with his sandal. (S, TA.) b2: And hence, i. e. from خَفَقَهُ as first explained above, (Mgh,) The sounding [of the patting, or pattering,] (JK, Mgh, K) of the sandal, (JK, K,) or of the sandals, (Mgh,) and the like: (TA:) and خَفْقُ الأَقْدَامِ عَلَى الأَرْضِ [the sounding of the patting, or pattering, of the feet upon the ground]. (Az, in TA, art. همس.) You say, خَفَقَ النَّعْلُ The sandal made a sound, or sounds. (Msb.) b3: and خَفَقَتِ الرَّايَةُ, aor. ـِ and خَفُقَ, inf. n. خَفْقٌ and خَفَقَانٌ (S, K) and خُفُوقٌ, (TA,) The banner, or standard, was, or became, in a state of commotion; moved, or went, to and fro; trembled; fluttered; or quivered; (S, K;) as also ↓ اختفقت: (JK, K:) and in the same sense the former verb is used in speaking of the heart; (S, Msb;) خَفَقَانُ القَلْبِ signifying the fluttering, or palpitating, of the heart; (JK, T, K;) and in like manner خَفَقَانُ الجِنَاحِ the fluttering, or flapping, of the wing: (JK:) so, too, the former verb is used in speaking of the mirage; (S, K;) and ↓ the latter verb likewise; (Lth, K;) and Ru-beh, by poetic license, makes the ف of [the inf. n.] الخَفْق to be with fet-h, in his saying, مُشْتَبِهِ الأَعْلَامِ لَمَّاعِ الخَفَقْ [Indistinct in respect of the signs of the way, glistening much in the quivering, or fluttering]: (S, K:) in like manner, also, the former verb is used in speaking of lightning, (S, * TA,) inf. n. خَفْقٌ; (S;) and of a sword, and of the wind, and the like: and ↓ اخفق, said of the heart, and of lightning, and of a sword, and [اخفقت said] of a banner, or standard, and of the wind, signifies the same: (TA:) or خَفَقَتِ الرِّيحُ, (S,) inf. n. خَفَقَانٌ, (S, TA,) signifies The wind made a rustling, or murmuring, or confused and continued, sound. (S, TA. *) And خَفَقَتِ النَّاقَةُ The she-camel broke wind, with a sound. (K.) b4: خَفَقَ said of a bird, [because of the flapping, or sound, of its wings,] It flew. (S, K.) See also 4, first sentence. And said of an arrow, [because of its whizzing,] It went swiftly. (TA.) And خَفَقَ فِى البِلَادِ, inf. n. خُفُوقٌ, He went away into, or in, the countries, or lands, &c. (TA.) b5: Also, said of a man, [in the CK, فُلَانًا is erroneously put for فُلَانٌ,] He moved, or shook, his head, (S, K,) or bent [down] his head, (TA,) [or nodded,] being drowsy, or dozing; (S, K, TA;) as also ↓ اخفق: (Sgh, K:) or he drowsed, or dozed: (Mgh:) or he had a fit of drowsiness, or dozing, and then awoke: (TA:) or he slept; (JK, TA;) so says Ibn-Háni; (TA;) aor. ـِ and خَفُقَ, (JK,) inf. n. خُفُوقٌ. (TA.) And خَفَقَ بِرَأْسِهِ

أَوْ خَفْقَتَيْنِ ↓ خَفْقَةً, (Mgh, Msb,) occurring in a trad., (Mgh,) He bent [down] his head, without the rest of his body, [or nodded,] once, or twice, being taken by a fit of drowsiness, or dozing. (Msb.) It is said in another trad., كَانَتْ رُؤُوسُهُمْ

أَوْ خَفْقَتَيْنِ ↓ تَخْفِقُ خَفْقَةً [Their heads used to nod by reason of drowsiness, or dozing, once or twice]. (S.) And in another, كَانُوا يَنْتَظِرُونَ العِشَآءَ حَتَّى تَخْفِقُ رُؤُوسُهُمْ, i. e. [They used to wait for nightfall until] they slept so that their chins dropped upon their breasts. (TA.) b6: خَفَقَتِ النُّجُومُ, inf. n. خُفُوقٌ, The stars set, or disappeared. (S.) And خَفَقَ النَّخْمُ, (JK, Mgh, K,) aor. ـِ inf. n. خُفُوقٌ, (K,) The star, or the asterism, [or the Pleiades,] set, or disappeared; (JK, Mgh, K;) as also ↓ اخفق: (JK:) or the former signifies the star, &c., went down in the place of setting; and in like manner the verb is used in speaking of the moon; (TA;) and of the sun: (IAar, TA:) and النُّجُومُ ↓ اخفقت signifies the stars retired to the place of setting: (S, K:) or, as some say, shone with a flickering light, or glistened, or shone brightly: [because of their twinkling, or apparent quivering: or] as though the ا in the verb had a privative effect. (TA.) One says, وَرَدْتُ خُفُوقَ النَّجْمِ, meaning [I came] at the time of the setting of the Pleiades; making the inf. n. an adv. n. [of time]. (S, TA.) b7: Hence, (Mgh, TA,) or, as some say, from the same word as signifying “ the act of striking [or slapping],” (TA,) الخَفْقُ signifies The act of inserting; (Mgh;) [i. e.] the causing the penis to become concealed in the vulva; (K;) or the act of copulation: (JK:) or [rather] the penis' becoming concealed in the vulva. (Az, TA.) b8: خَفَقَ اللَّيْلُ The night for the most part passed away: (JK, K:) [and in like manner the verb is said of the day:] see خَافِقٌ. b9: خَفَقَ المَكَانُ The place was, or became, void, or unoccupied. (TA.) b10: خُفُوقٌ in a horse is The being slender, or lean, in the belly. (AO, K. [See خَفِقٌ.]) 4 اخفق, said of a bird, It beat with [or flapped] its wings: (S, K:) and بِجِنَاحَيْهِ ↓ خَفَقَ [signifies the same]. (S and K in art. رنق.) And اخفق بِثَوْبِهِ He (a man) made a sign with his garment, by raising it, and waving it. (S, Z, Sgh, K.) b2: Said of the heart, and of lightning, and of a sword, &c.: see 1. b3: And said of a drowsy, or dozing, man: see 1. b4: Also He (a man who had gone on a warring and plundering expedition) failed of obtaining any spoil: (A'Obeyd, S, Mgh, K, and Ham p. 157, and Har p. 26:) because he becomes in a shaky, or unsteady, condition, at that time: or because his travelling-bags become unsteady, or shake about, by reason of their lightness and emptiness: so that the verb is of the same category as أَعْطَشَ [meaning “ his camels thirsted ”] and أَجْرَبَ [meaning “ he had his camels affected with the mange, or scab]: (Har ubi suprà:) or the proper signification is, he found the spoil to be not stationary: (TA:) or it means he returned disappointed of spoil, or of predatory warfare: (JK:) or he was disappointed of that for which he hoped. (Ham p. 157.) And He (a hunter or fowler) returned without having taken any game. (S, K.) And His property became little. (TA.) You say also, اخفق فِى زَادِهِ He (a man) had his travelling-provisions all spent, or consumed, [so that his provision-bags, being empty, shook about.] (JK.) and طَلَبَ حَاجَةً فَأَخْفَقَ (S, K) He sought an object of want, and failed of obtaining it. (K.) b5: اخفق النَّجْمُ, and اخفقت النُّجُومُ: see 1.

A2: اخفق فُلَانًا He threw down, or prostrated, such a one on the ground. (AA, K.) 8 إِخْتَفَقَ see 1, in two places.

مِشْفَرٌ خَفِقٌ A camel's lip flaccid, or pendulous. (JK.) b2: فَرَسٌ خَفِقٌ and خَفِقَةٌ and ↓ خُفَقٌ and خُفَقَةٌ A horse, or mare, slender, or lean, in the belly: sometimes the animal is so by nature; sometimes, by reason of loss of flesh; and sometimes, by being jaded: (AO, K:) sometimes, also, they said خَفِقُ الأَحْشَآءِ; at other times using the epithet by itself: (AO, TA:) pl. [masc.] خِفَاقٌ and [fem.] خَفِقَاتٌ and خُفَقَاتٌ. (AO, K.) خُفَقٌ and [its fem.] with ة: see خَفِقٌ.

خَفْقَةٌ [A single nodding of the head, by reason of drowsiness, or dozing]: see 1, in two places: (Mgh, Msb:) a slight, or light, sleep. (TA.) It is said in a trad. respecting Ed-Dejjál [or Antichrist], يَخْرُجُ فِى خَفْقَةٍ مِنَ الدِّينِ, explained as meaning [He will come forth] in a time when religion will be drowsy, or dozing, by reason of weakness. (TA.) b2: مَضَى خَفْقَةٌ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ meansA period (سَاعَةٌ) of the night passed. (JK.) b3: And one says, سَيْرُ اللَّيْلِ الخَفْقَتَانِ وَسَيْرُ النَّهَارِ البَرْدَانِ [The time of] the journeying of the night is the first part thereof and the last part thereof, and [that of] the journeying of the day is the morning, between daybreak and sunrise, and the evening, between sunset and nightfall. (TA.) A2: See also the next paragraph, in two places.

خِفْقَةٌ, (K,) or, as in the Tekmileh, ↓ خَفْقَةٌ, (TA,) A thing with which one strikes, or beats, such as a thong, or strap, or a دِرَّة [q. v.]. (K, TA.) [See also مِخْفَقَةٌ.]

A2: And the former, (K,) or ↓ the latter, (JK,) A smooth desert in which is [the kind of mirage termed] آل: (JK, K:) so says Lth. (TA.) [See also مَخْفَقٌ.]

خِفَاقٌ A garment with which one makes a sign, by raising it, and waving it. (JK.) خَفُوقٌ: see خَافِقٌ. b2: Also A she-camel that breaks wind [often], with a sound. (K.) خَفَّاقٌ [Flapping, or flapping much;] applied to a wing. (TA.) And applied to a bird, [because of the sound of its wings,] meaning Flying. (TA.) b2: أَرْضٌ خَفَّاقَةٌ A land in which the سَرَابِ [or mirage] quivers. (TA.) b3: خَفَّاقُ القَدَمِ A man broad in the fore part of the foot: (S, K:) or broad in the under part, or sole, of the foot: (JK, TA:) or having the foot light upon the ground; not heavy, nor slow: (IAar, TA:) or quick in step, beating the ground much with the foot so that it makes a sound of flapping to be heard by reason of the vehemence of his tread. (Ham p. 173.) b4: خَفَّاقَةُ الحَشَى A woman lank in the belly. (S, L, K, TA.) خَفَّاقَةٌ fem. of خَفَّاقٌ [q. v.]. b2: [Hence,] الخَفَّاقَةُ The anus. (IDrd, K.) خَافِقٌ [act. part. n. of خَفَقَ in all its senses]. It is applied as an epithet to the سَرَاب [or mirage, as meaning Quivering]: and so ↓ خَفُوقٌ [but with an intensive signification]. (JK.) and [the fem. pls.] خَوَافِقُ and خَافِقَاتٌ are used as [substs.] signifying Banners, or standards, [because of their fluttering.] (TA.) b2: Applied to a man, Moving, or shaking, his head, or bending it [down, or nodding], when drowsy, or dozing. (TA.) b3: [Hence, app.,] رَأَيْتُ فُلَانًا خَافِقَ العَيْنِ (tropical:) I saw such a one with the eye cast down, and depressed in the head [as though drowsy]. (TA.) b4: أَيَّامُ الخَافِقَاتِ Certain days in which the stars [in great number] became scattered (تَنَاثَرَتْ [in the CK, erroneously, تَناصَرَتْ]), [causing a belief that the day of judgment was at hand, (see Kur lxxxii. 2,)] in the time of Abu-l-'Abbás and Aboo-Jaafar, (K, TA,) the 'Abbásees. (TA.) b5: الخَافِقَانِ is a term applied to The place of sunrise and the place of sunset, (AHeyth, JK, Mgh, K,) by the attribution of predominance to the latter; for الخَافِقُ, meaning the disappearing, is applied to the place of sunset: (AHeyth, TA:) or the horizon (أُفُق) of the place of sunrise and that of the place of sunset; (S, K;) accord. to Lth (TA) and ISk, (S, TA,) because the night and the day for the most part pass away (↓ يَخْفِقَانِ, so in the T and S, but in the K, erroneously, يَخْتَلِفَانِ, TA) between them, (T, TA,) or in them: (S, TA:) or the two [opposite] extremities of the heaven and the earth: (As, Sh, K:) or the end of the heaven and earth: (Khálid Ibn-Jembeh, K:) or two vacant spaces (هَوَاآنِ) next to the two [opposite] sides of the earth: (Khálid Ibn-Jembeh, TA:) and خَوَافِقُ السَّمَآءِ signifies The regions of the heaven from which issue the four [cardinal] winds. (Khálid Ibn-Jembeh, K.) One says, مَابَيْنَ الخَافِقَيْنِ مِثْلُهُ There is not between the place of sunrise and the place of sunset the like of him. (TA.) And أَلْحَقَهُ اللّٰهُ بِالخَافِقِ and بِالخَوَافِقِ [May God remove him to the place of sunset and to the four cardinal regions of the heaven or earth]. (TA.) b6: خَافِقٌ also signifies A place void of, or unoccupied by, any one to cheer by his presence. (TA.) خَيْفَقٌ, applied to a desert (فَلَاةٌ), Wide, (S, K,) in which the سَرَاب [or mirage] quivers. (S.) b2: Applied to a horse or mare, (JK, S, K, TA,) mostly to a female, (IDrd, TA,) and a she-camel, (IDrd, JK, K,) and a male ostrich, (IDrd, S, K,) Quick, or swift: (K:) or very quick or swift: (JK, S:) and ↓ خَنْفَقِيقٌ, (so in some copies of the K,) or ↓ خَيْفَقِيقٌ, (so in other copies of the K and in the JK and O, and so written by A'Obeyd,) each correct, the ن in the former and the ى in the latter augmentative, (MF, TA,) is applied to a she-camel and a male ostrich, (JK, K,) in the former sense, as is also خَيْفَقٌ, (JK,) or in the latter sense. (A'Obeyd, K.) Accord. to some, applied to a she-camel, it signifies Lean, or lank, in the belly; having little flesh. (TA.) And, applied to a woman, Long in the رُفْغَانِ [app. here meaning the two inguinal creases], slender in the bones, and wide in step. (El-Kilábee, K.) Also, applied to a woman, Quick and bold; and so ↓ خَنْفَقِيقٌ: (TA:) or the latter, so applied, signifies light, active, or agile, and bold: and Sb says that the ن in it is augmentative; deriving it from خَفْقُ الرِّيحِ [explained above: see 1]. (S.) b3: Also i. q. دَاهِيَةٌ [meaning either A calamity, or, as an epithet, very cunning]; (AA, K;) and so ↓ خَنْفَقِيقٌ; which latter occurs in a verse, variously related, applied to a child brought forth by a woman who had been in labour a whole night; (S, K;) meaning داهية; or, as some explain it, in this instance, meaning imperfectly formed; (TA;) [and is also used as a corroborative of داهية; for] one says ↓ دَاهِيَةٌ خَنْفَقِيقٌ [a great, or severe, calamity; or extremely cunning]. (S.) خَنْفَقِيقٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in four places.

A2: Also, (as in some copies of the K,) or ↓ خَيْفَقِيقٌ, (as in other copies of the K and in the JK, and thus written by Lth,) a word imitative of The sound of the running of horses (JK, K) in which is a quivering, or convulsive, motion. (K.) خَيْفَقِيقٌ: see خَيْفَقٌ: A2: and see also خَنْفَقِيقٌ.

مَخْفَقٌ A place, (TA,) or a level land, (As, TA,) in which the سَرَاب [or mirage] quivers. (As, TA.) [See also خِفْقَةٌ.] b2: And [the pl.]

مَخَافِقُ signifies The places of setting [of stars]: and is used as [a sing.,] meaning the place of setting of a star. (Ham p. 152.) [See also خَافِقٌ.]

مِخْفَقٌ A broad sword: (JK, S, K:) or anything broad with which one strikes. (Mgh.) مِخْفَقَةٌ A دِرَّة [q. v.] (JK, S, K) with which one strikes [or flogs]: (S:) or (so in the K, but in the JK “ and ”) a whip of wood: (JK, K:) so says Lth. (TA.) مَخْفُوقٌ A man (T) having a fluttering, or palpitation, of the heart. (IDrd, * T, K. *) b2: and Possessed, bereft of reason, or insane; syn. مَجْنُونٌ: (AA, K:) fem. with ة. (AA.)

ختم

ختم

1 خَتَمَهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ (Msb, K,) inf. n. خَتْمٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and خِتَامٌ, (Lh, K, TA,) with kesr, (TA,) [in the CK, erroneously, خَتَام,] i. q. طَبَعَهُ [He sealed, stamped, imprinted, or impressed, it]: (Msb, K:) or he put the خَاتَم [or signet] upon it: (Mgh:) namely, a thing, (S, Mgh,) or a writing or book and the like: and خَتَمَ عَلَيْهِ signifies the same [or he put a seal, or the impression of a signet, upon it]. (Msb.) Accord. to Er-Rághib, خَتْمٌ and طَبْعٌ signify The impressing a thing with the engraving of the signet and stamp: and the former [as is indicated, but not plainly expressed, as distinguished from the latter,] is tropically used, sometimes, as meaning the securing oneself from a thing, and protecting [oneself] from it; in consideration of protection by means of sealing upon writings and doors: and sometimes as meaning the producing an impression, or effect, upon a thing from another thing; in consideration of the impress produced [by the signet]: and sometimes it is used as relating to (assumed tropical:) the reaching the end [of a thing]: (TA:) or the primary signification of خَتْمٌ is the act of covering over [a thing]: (Az, TA:) accord. to Zj, the proper meaning of خَتْمٌ and طَبْعٌ is the covering over a thing, and securing oneself from a thing's entering it: some say that the former signifies the concealing a notification of a thing, [as] by putting one's fingers over it, by way of guarding oneself thereby. (TA.) b2: Hence, خَتْمُ الشَّهَادَةِ [The sealing of the testimony]; which is thus described by El-Hulwánee: the witness, when he wrote his name upon a صَكّ [q. v.], caused his written name to be beneath a piece of lead, [i. e. covered it with a piece of lead,] and put upon it the impress of his signet, in order that there might be no falsification of it or substitution for it. (Mgh.) b3: As to خَتْمُ الأَعْنَاقِ [The sealing of the necks], the case is related, in the “Risáleh Yoosufeeyeh,” to have been this: 'Omar sent Ibn-Honeyf to seal the عُلُوج [or unbelievers] of the Sawád; and he sealed five hundred thousand of them, in classes; that is, he marked them twelve dirhems, and twenty-four, and forty-eight; tying a thong upon the neck of each, and putting upon the knot a seal of lead. (Mgh.) b4: خَتْمٌ also signifies The protecting what is in a writing by marking [or stamping] a piece of clay [upon it, or by means of a seal of any kind]. (TA.) b5: And you say, of a man, خَتَمَ عَلَيْكَ بَابَهُ [He sealed his door against thee]; meaning (tropical:) he turned away from thee, avoided thee, or shunned thee. (TA.) b6: And خَتَمَ لَكَ بَابَهُ [He sealed for thee his door]; meaning (tropical:) he preferred thee to others. (TA.) b7: خَتَمَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ [which may be rendered He sealed his heart] means (tropical:) he made him to be such that he understood not, and such that nothing proceeded from him; or he made his heart, or mind, to be such that it understood not, &c. (K, TA.) خَتَمَ اللّٰهُ عَلَى

قُلُوبِهِمْ, in the Kur [ii. 6], is like the phrase in the same [xvi. 110 and xlvii. 18] طَبَعَ اللّٰهُ عَلَى

قُلُوبِهِمْ: (TA:) it points to what God has made to be usually the case when a man has ended in believing what is false and in committing that which is forbidden, so that he turns not his face to the truth; this occasioning, as its result, his becoming inured to the approval of acts of disobedience, so that he is as though this habit were impressed upon his heart: the assertion of ElJubbáee, that it means God hath put a seal upon their hearts, as a sign, to the angels, of their infidelity, is nought: (Er-Rághib, TA:) الخَتْمُ is explained by IAar as meaning the preventing of the heart from believing. (L in art. خدع.) [See also طَبَعَ.] b8: خَتَمَ الشَّىْءَ, inf. n. خَتْمٌ, also signifies [as indicated above] (assumed tropical:) He reached the end of the thing. (K.) And الشَّىْءَ ↓ اِخْتَتَمْتُ (assumed tropical:) [I ended, or finished, the thing,] contr. of اِفْتَتَحْتُهُ. (S, TA.) You say, خَتَمَ القُرْآنَ (assumed tropical:) He reached the end of the Kur-án [in reciting it]; (S, Er-Rághib;) [he recited the whole of the Kur-án;] he completed [the recital of] the Kur-án: (Mgh:) [and] he retained in his memory the last portion of the Kur-án; meaning he retained the whole of it in his memory. (Msb.) It is said of Suleymán El-Aamash, كَانَ يَقْرَأُ خَتْمًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) He used to recite the whole of the Kur-án; at one time, according to the reading of Ibn-Mes'ood; at another time, from the edition of 'Othmán. (Mgh.) b9: You say also, خَتَمَ اللّٰهُ لَهُ بِخَيْرٍ (assumed tropical:) [May God make his end to be good]. (S.) b10: خَتَمَ البَذْرَ (assumed tropical:) He covered over the sown seed: (Az, TA:) or خَتَمُوا عَلَى البَذْرِ (assumed tropical:) they turned up the earth over the sown seed, and then watered it: (Et-Táïfee, TA:) or خَتَمَ الزَّرْعَ, (JK, K, TA,) aor. ـِ inf. n. خَتْمٌ, (TA,) (tropical:) he watered the seed-produce, or sown field, the first time; (JK, K, TA;) because, when it is watered, it is finished (خُتِمَ) with the رحا [app. رَحَا, which here seems to mean the “roller,” as being likened to a mill-stone, though I find no authority for this meaning]; (TA;) as also خَتَمَ عَلَيْهِ: (K:) or خَتَمُوا عَلَى زُرُوعِهِمْ means (assumed tropical:) they watered their sown fields while these were as yet كِرَاب [app. meaning clear of vegetation]. (JK, TA.) b11: خَتَمَ النَّحْلُ (tropical:) The bees filled with honey the place in which they deposited it: (JK, A, TA:) or خَتْمٌ signifies bees' collecting some thin wax, thinner than the wax of the comb, and smearing with it the orifices of their خَلَايَا [or hives]. (M, K, TA.) 2 ختّمهُ, inf. n. تَخْتِيمٌ, He sealed it, stamped it, &c., much. (TA.) b2: [In modern Arabic, He put a خَاتَم, or signet-ring, upon his (another's) finger.]5 تختّم, or تختّم خَاتَمًا, (accord. to different copies of the S,) or تختّم بِخَاتَمٍ, (K, [agreeably with a trad. cited in the TA,]) He put on [i. e. put on his own finger] a خاتم [or signet-ring]. (S, K.) b2: And تختّم (tropical:) He put on a turban: (K, TA:) or تختّم بِعِمَامَتِهِ he put on his turban in the manner of a نِقَاب [q. v.]; syn. تَنَقَّبَ بِهَا. (Z, TA.) The subst. [signifying the act or mode, of doing so] is ↓ تَخْتِمَةٌ [q. v. infrà]. (K.) b3: تختّم بِأَمْرِهِ (assumed tropical:) He concealed his affair, or case. (Z, K.) b4: تختّم عَنْهُ (tropical:) He feigned himself heedless of him, and was silent [to him]. (K, TA.) 8 إِخْتَتَمَ see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph.

خَتْمٌ inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) A2: Also The impress produced by the engraving of a signet. (Er-Rághib, TA.) b2: See also خَاتَمٌ. b3: أَعْطَانِى خَتْمِى means (tropical:) He gave me my sufficiency, or what sufficed me: because what suffices a man is the last [or utmost] of his desire, or demand. (TA.) A3: Also (tropical:) Honey. (K, TA.) b2: And (tropical:) The orifices of the خَلَايَا [or hives] of bees. (K, TA.) خَتَمٌ: see خَاتَمٌ. b2: Also A sealed piece of clay [or wax]: like نَفَضٌ in the sense of مَنْفُوضٌ, and قَبَضٌ in the sense of مَقْبُوضٌ: so in the saying of El-Aashà, وَ أَبْرَزَهَا وَ عَلَيْهَا خَتَمْ وَ صَحْبَآءَ طَافَ يَهُودِيُّهَا [And a jar of reddish-coloured wine, the Jew -vender whereof came, and brought it out, with a sealed piece of clay upon it]. (S.) [See also خِتَامٌ.]

خَتْمَةٌ [an inf. n. of un. of 1, (assumed tropical:) A recitation of the whole of the Kur-án: used in this sense in the present day: pl. خَتَمَاتٌ. b2: And also] vulgarly used as meaning (assumed tropical:) A copy of the Kur-án: and so ↓ خِتْمَةٌ. (TA.) خِتْمَةٌ: see what next precedes.

خَتَامٌ: see the last sentence of the next paragraph.

خِتَامٌ an inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (Lh, K.) b2: and a subst. signifying The first watering of seedproduce, or of a sown field: (JK, TA:) or the turning up the earth over sown seed, and then watering it. (Et-Táïfee, TA.) A2: See also خَاتِمٌ. b2: Also The clay, (JK, S, K,) and the wax, (TA,) with which one seals, or stamps, (JK, S, K,) upon a writing, (JK,) or upon a thing: (K:) or which is sealed, or stamped, upon a writing. (Msb.) [See also خَتَمٌ. And see an ex. in a verse of Lebeed cited in art. دكن.]

b3: (tropical:) [The hymen; as being the seal of virginity; as also ↓ خَاتَمٌ.] You say, زُفَّتْ إِلَيْكَ بِخِتَامِهَا (tropical:) [She was conducted as a bride to thee with her seal of virginity], and رَبِّهَا ↓ بِخَاتَمِ [with the seal of her Lord]. (TA.) And [hence, app.,] سِيقَتْ هَدِيَّتُهُمْ إِلَيْهِ بِخِتَامِهَا (tropical:) [if it mean, as I suppose it to do, Their present was sent to him with what rendered it perfect or complete, or with what appertained to it]. (TA.) b4: (assumed tropical:) The furthest part of a valley. (JK, TA.) (assumed tropical:) The last of a company of men; (Lh, TA;) as also ↓ خَاتَمٌ and ↓ خَاتِمٌ: (K:) whence النَّبِيِّينَ ↓ خَاتَمُ (assumed tropical:) [The last of the prophets], in the Kur [xxxiii. 40]; accord. to one reading, ↓ خَاتُم, with damm to the ت; (TA;) or خاتمُ الأَنْبِيَآءِ, i. e. Mohammad; (S;) also called ↓ الخَاتَمُ and ↓ الخَاتِمُ. (TA.) And (assumed tropical:) The last portion of anything that is drunk [&c.]. (TA.) خِتَامُهُ مِسْكٌ, in the Kur [lxxxiii. 26], means (assumed tropical:) The last that they will perceive thereof will be the odour of musk: (S, TA:) or, accord. to 'Alkameh and Mujáhid, its admixture shall be musk: accord. to Ibn-Mes'ood, its result shall be the taste of musk: Fr says, ↓ خَاتَمٌ and ↓ خَاتِمٌ and خِتَامٌ are nearly the same in meaning; whence the reading of 'Alee, مِسْكٌ ↓ خَاتَمُهُ: and the explanation is this; that when any one shall drink thereof, he will find the last cup thereof to have the odour of musk: Er-Rághib says that the meaning is, the end, and the last draught, i. e. what shall remain, thereof shall be in perfume [like] musk: and that the assertion that it means it shall be sealed with musk is nought. (TA.) [See also خَاتَمٌ and خَاتِمَةٌ.]

A3: Also, (IAar, K,) and ↓ خَاتِمٌ, (K,) or, accord. to IAar, ↓ خَتَامٌ, (TA,) sings. of خُتُمٌ, which signifies (assumed tropical:) The places of separation (فُصُوص [q. v.]) of the joints (مَفَاصِل) of horses. (IAar, K.) خَاتَمٌ (JK, S, Msb, K) and خَأْتَمٌ (TA) and ↓ خَاتِمٌ, (S, Msb, K,) which is more commonly known than خَاتَمٌ, (Msb, [but see what follows,]) and ↓ خَاتَامٌ and ↓ خِيتَامٌ (JK, S, K, the last in the CK and TA ↓ خَيْتَام) and ↓ خِتَامٌ (K and TA but omitted in the CK) and ↓ خَتَمٌ (ISd, IHsh, K) and ↓ خَتْمٌ (Ez-Zeyn El-'Irákee, TA) and ↓ خَيْتَمْ (Ibn-Málik, TA) and ↓ خَيْتُومٌ (EzZeyn El-'Irákee, TA) and ↓ خَاتِيَامٌ (K) signify the same; (JK, S, Msb, K, TA;) [A signet; generally a signet-ring; i. e.] a certain ornament (حَلْىٌ, M, K) for the finger, (K,) app., at the first, used for sealing, or stamping, therewith; so that the word is of the same class as طَابَعٌ: afterwards, in consequence of frequency of usage, applied to one not used for that purpose: (ISd, TA:) or a ring having a فَصّ of a substance different therefrom [set in it; i. e., having a stone, or gem, set in it]: if without a فَصّ, it is called فَتَخَةٌ: (Msb:) or ↓ خَاتِمٌ signifies the agent [i. e. the person sealing, or stamping]: (JK, Az, Msb:) خَاتَمٌ, the thing that is put upon the piece of clay [or wax, for the purpose of sealing, or stamping]: (Az, Msb, K:) the pl. [of خَاتَمٌ and خَاتِمٌ] is خَوَاتِمٌ (K) and [properly of خَاتَامٌ] خَوَاتِيمُ: (S, in which the former pl., though more common, is not mentioned, and K:) Sb says that those who use the latter pl. make it to be pl. of a sing. of the measure فَاعَالٌ, though it be not in their language; which shows that he knew not خَاتَامٌ: the pl. of خَتْمٌ is خُتُومٌ. (TA.) b2: خَاتَمٌ also signifies A seal, or stamp, and a mark: so in a trad., in which it is said, آمِينَ خَاتَمُ رَبِّ العَالَمِينَ عَلَى عِبَادِهِ المُؤْمِنِينَ, i. e. [آمِينَ (or Amen) is] the seal, or stamp, and the mark, [of the Lord of the beings of the whole world upon his servants the believers,] which removes from them accidents, and causes of mischief; for the seal of the writing protects it, and precludes those who look from [seeing] what is within it. (TA.) b3: See also خِتَامٌ, in seven places. [It is nearly syn. with خِتَامٌ, as Fr says: and thus,] it signifies also, (JK, K,) and so does ↓ خَاتِمَةٌ, (S, K,) (assumed tropical:) The end, or last part or portion, (JK, S, K,) and result, or issue, (K,) of a thing (JK, S, K) of any kind: (JK, K:) ↓ the latter [particularly] signifies (assumed tropical:) the last part or portion (JK, Msb) of a chapter of the Kur-án, (JK,) and of the Kur-án itself: (Msb:) [and (assumed tropical:) a concluding chapter or section: an epilogue: and an appendix:] and ↓ مُخْتَتَمٌ signifies [in like manner] the contr. of مُفْتَتَحٌ; as in the saying, التَّحْمِيدُ مُفْتَتَحُ الْقُرْآنِ وَ الِاسْتِعَاذَةُ مُخْتَتَمُهُ (assumed tropical:) [The declaration of the praises of God is the opening portion of the Kur-án, and the prayer for the protection of God is its closing portion]; (A, TA;) and it is a chaste word, of frequent occurrence, though the contr. has been asserted. (TA.) One says also, الأَعْمَالُ بِخَوَاتِيمِهَا [Actions are characterized, or to be judged, as good or evil, by their results]. (TA.) b4: Also, i. e. خَاتَمٌ, of a mare, (tropical:) The lower ring (الحَلْقَةُ الدُّنْيَا [app. meaning the extremity, in which is the orifice, see حَلْقَتَا الرَّحِمِ and حَلْقَةُ الدُّبُرِ, in art. حلق,]) of the طُبْيَة [evidently here used as a dial. var. of طُبْى, i. e. the teat, though I do not find it mentioned in its proper art. in any lexicon; unless مِنْ طُبْيَتِهَا be a mistranscription for من طُبْيِهَا]: (K, TA:) so called by way of comparison [to a signet or seal]. (TA.) b5: And (tropical:) The hollow (نُقْرَة) of the back of the neck; (JK, K, TA;) which is the cuppingplace. (TA.) b6: And (assumed tropical:) The least وَضَح [or whiteness] of the legs (JK, K, TA) of horses; (JK, TA;) i. e. a slight whiteness in the parts next the hoof, less than what is termed تَخْدِيمٌ. (TA.) خَاتُمٌ: see خِتَامٌ.

خَاتِمٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, in two places: b2: and see also خِتَامٌ, in five places.

خَيْتَمٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

خَاتِمَةٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, in two places, in the latter half of the paragraph.

خَاتَامٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

خَيْتَامٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

خِيتَامٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

خَيْتُومٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

خَاتِيَامٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, first sentence.

تَخْتِمَةٌ: see 5. You say, مَا أَحْسَنَ تَخْتِمَتَهُ [How good, or beautiful, is his act, or mode, of putting on the turban! or, of putting it on in the manner of the نِقَاب !]. (Ez-Zejjájee, TA.) مُخْتَّمٌ Sealed, or stamped, &c., much. (S, * TA.) b2: Applied to a horse, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) Having the whiteness of the legs which is termed خَاتَمٌ. (K, TA.) [See the latter word, last sentence.]) مَخْتُومٌ Sealed, or stamped, &c. (S, * TA.) b2: Also The [measure commonly called] صَاع: (A'Obeyd, Mgh, K:) or the sixth part of the [measure called] قَفِيز. (Mgh in art. كر. [It is there added that the قفيز is the tenth part of the جَرِيب: but it seems that this is the قفيز which is a measure of land; not what is here meant in the explanation of مختوم, which is a measure of corn and the like.]) [Pl. مَخَاتِيمُ.]

مُخْتَتَمٌ: see خَاتَمٌ, in the latter half of the paragraph.

خون

خون

1 خَانَهُ, (S, K,) aor. ـُ (S,) inf. n. خِيَانَةٌ and خَوْنٌ and مَخَانَةٌ (S, K) and خَانَةٌ (K) and خَائِنَةٌ, of the measure فَاعِلَةٌ, like لَاغِيَةٌ &c.; (TA;) and ↓ اختانهُ; (S, K;) He was unfaithful, or he acted unfaithfully, to the confidence, or trust, that he reposed in him; (K;) [he was treache rous, perfidious, or unfaithful, to him; or he acted treacherously, perfidiously, or unfaithfully, towards him;] فِى كَذَا [in such a thing]: (S:) خِيَانَةٌ is the contr. of أَمَانَةٌ; and does not relate only to property, but also to other things: (Mgh:) or the neglecting, or failing in, أَمَانَةٌ [which is trustiness, or faithfulness]: (El-Harállee, TA:) or i. q. نِفَاقٌ, except that خيانة regards a compact or covenant or the like, and trustiness, or faith fulness, and نفاق regards religion; so that the former is the acting contrary to what is right, by breaking a compact or covenant or the like: (Er Rághib, TA:) but [it is said that] the primary signification of خَوْنٌ is the making to suffer loss, or diminution; because the خَائِن makes the مَخُون to suffer loss, or diminution, of something. (TA.) Hence, in the Kur [ii. 183], كُنْتُمْ

أَنْفُسَكُمْ ↓ تَخْتَانُونَ [lit. Ye used to act unfaith fully to yourselves] means ye used to act un faithfully, one to another: (S, * TA:) or ye used to act wrongfully to yourselves: اِخْتِيَانٌ has a more intensive signification than خِيَانَةٌ. (Bd.) One says also, خان العَهْدَ He broke the compact or covenant or the like: whence, تَقُولُ النِّعْمَةُ كُفِرْتُ وَلَمْ أُشْكَرْ وَتَقُولُ الأَمَانَةُ خُنْتُ وَلَمْ أُحْفَظْ [The benefit says, I have been disacknowledged, and have not been requited with thankfulness; and the trust says, I have been betrayed, and have not been faithfully kept]: the verb [خُنْتُ] being here of the measure فُعِلْتُ, a verb of which the agent is not named. (Mgh.) And خَانَهُ العَهْدَ, (Msb, K,) and فِى العَهْدِ, (Msb,) and خانهُ الأَمَانَةَ, (Msb, K,) aor. as above, inf. n. خَوْنٌ and خِيَانَةٌ and مَخَانَةٌ, (Msb,) [He was unfaithful to him in respect of the compact or covenant or the like, and the trust.] b2: [Hence,] خان سَيْفُهُ (assumed tropical:) [His sword was unfaithful;] i. e., failed of taking ef fect upon the thing struck with it. (TA.) A cer tain person, being asked respecting the sword, said, أَخُوكَ وَ رُبَّمَا خَانَكَ (assumed tropical:) [It is thy brother, but sometimes it is unfaithful to thee]. (TA.) b3: and خَانَتْهُ رِجْلَاهُ (assumed tropical:) [His two legs were unfaithful to him;] he was unable to walk. (TA.) b4: and خان الدَّلْوَ الرِّشَآءُ (assumed tropical:) The well-rope broke off, or be came severed, from the bucket. (TA.) b5: and خانهُ الدَّهْرُ, inf. n. خَوْنٌ; (T, TA;) and ↓ تخوّنهُ; (TA;) (assumed tropical:) Time altered his state, or condition, (T, TA,) from softness, or easiness, to hardness, or difficulty, (TA,) or to evil; (T, TA;) and in like manner, النَّعِيمُ [enjoyment, &c.]: and of everything that has altered thy state, or condition, [for the worse,] one says, ↓ تَخَوَّنَكَ. (T, TA.) 2 خوّنهُ, (S, K,) inf. n. تَخْوِينٌ, (K,) He attributed to him خِيَانَة [i. e. treachery, perfidy, or unfaithfulness]. (S, K.) b2: See also 5, in two places.5 تخوّنهُ: see 1, last sentence, in two places. You say also, تَخَوَّنَهُمْ meaning He sought [to discover, or show,] their خِيَانَة [i. e. treachery, perfidy, or unfaithfulness], and their slip, lapse, or wrong action; and suspected them, or accused them. (TA.) b2: Also He, or it, diminished it, wasted it, impaired it, or took from it; and so ↓ خوّنهُ, and خوّن مِنْهُ: (K:) or diminished it, wasted it, impaired it, or took from it, by little and little; syn. تَنَقَّصَهُ. (JK, * S, Msb.) Yousay, تَخَوَنَنِى فُلَانٌ حَقِّى Such a one took from me by little and little of my right, or due. (S, TA.) And Dhu-r-Rummeh says, لَا بَلْ هُوَ الشَّوْقُ مِنْ دَارٍ تَخَوَّنَهَا مَرًّا سَحَابٌ وَمَرًّا بَارِحٌ تَرِبُ [No, but it is, or was, yearning of the soul arising from a place of abode from which some times raining clouds, and sometimes a hot wind carrying with it dust, took away by little and little, so as gradually to efface the traces thereof]. (S, TA.) And Lebeed says, (S, TA,) describing a she-camel, (TA,) تَخَوَّنَهَا نُزُولِى وَارْتِحَالِى

[Which my alighting and my journeying had wasted by little and little;] i. e. whose flesh and fat my alighting and my journeying had diminished by little and little. (S, TA.) A2: Also He paid frequent attention to him, or it; or he, or it, returned to him, or it, time after time; syn. تَعَهَّدَهُ; (JK, S, K;) and so ↓ خوّنهُ: (K:) in this sense, the former verb is [said to be] from تخوّلهُ, by the substitution of ن for ل (TA.) Dhu-r-Rummeh says, [describing a young gazelle,] لَا يَنْعَشُ الطَّرْفَ إِلَّا مَا تَخَوَّنَهُ دَاعٍ يُنَادِيهِ بِاسْمِ المَآءِ مَبْغُومُ (S,) [He raises not his eye, or eyes, except when a caller calling him by the sound of مَآءِ returns to him time after time, addressed by the cry termed بُغَام:] i. e. except when he hears the بُغَام of his mother calling him by the cry مَآءِ مَآءِ: (TA in art. بغم: [it is there added, that the pass. part. n. مَبْغُوم is used in this instance for the act. part. n.; but for this I see no sufficient reason:]) he says that the young gazelle is slum bering, not raising his eye, or eyes, unless his mother comes to him time after time: or, as some say, unless his mother's call to him takes by little and little from his sleep. (S in the present art.) One says also الحُمَّىتَخَوَّنُهُ [ for تَتَخَوَّنُهُ] The fever returns to him time after time: (S:) or in its time. (TA.) 8 إِخْتَوَنَ see 1, in two places.

خَانٌ A place in which travellers lodge: (Msb:) a place in which travellers pass the night: and the دَيْر [i. e. monastery, or convent,] is the خان of the Christians: (Kull pp. 96 and 97:) or the خان is for merchants; (S, K;) i. q. فُنْدُقٌ; (Har p. 325;) [a building for the reception of mer chants and travellers and their goods, generally surrounding a square or an oblong court, having, on the ground-floor, vaulted magazines for mer chandise, which face the court, and lodgings, or other magazines, above: a Persian word, arabi cized:] pl. خَانَاتٌ (Msb.) b2: Also A shop: or a shop-keeper: (K:) a Persian word, arabicised. (TA.) A2: [It is also a title of honour, used by the Tartars (who apply it to their Emperor), the Turks (who apply it to the reigning and to a deceased Sultán), and the Persians (who apply it to the governor of a province, and to a man of rank).]

خَوْنٌ an inf. n. of 1. (S, Msb, K.) b2: and [hence,] (tropical:) Weakness. (JK, K, TA.) One says فِى ظَهْرِهِ خَوْنٌ (tropical:) In his back is weakness. (JK, TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) Languidness in the sight. (K.) خَانِىٌّ Of, or belonging to, a خان of the mer chants. (TA.) خِوَانٌ (JK, S, Mgh, Msb, K) and خُوَانٌ (ISk, Msb, K) and ↓ إِخْوَانٌ, (IF, Msb, K,) the first of which is the most common, (Msb,) A table; (JK;) a thing upon which one eats; (S, Mgh, Msb;) a thing upon which food is eaten: (K:) but said to be not so called except when food is upon it: (Har p. 360:) arabicized [from the Persian]: (S, Msb:) the pl. (of pauc., of the first, S, Msb) is أَخْوِنَةٌ and (of mult., S, Msb) خُونٌ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) said by IB to be the only instance of its kind except بُونٌ pl. of بِوَانٌ, (TA,) originally خُوُنٌ, like كُتُبٌ pl. of كِتَابٌ, (Msb,) but خُوُنٌ is not used: (S:) the pl. of ↓ اخوان is أَخَاوِنُ, (Msb,) or أَخَاوِينُ. (TA, from a trad.) خَؤُونٌ [for خَوُونٌ]: see خَائِنٌ.

خَوَّانٌ: see خَائِنٌ. b2: [Hence,] الخَوَّانُ The lion: (JK, S:) because he is [very] treacherous. (JK.) And (assumed tropical:) Time, or fortune. (TA.) b3: أَعُوذُ بِاللّٰهِ مِنَ الخَوَّانِ means (assumed tropical:) [I seek protection by God] from the day of the exhaustion of provisions. (A, TA.) A2: Also, and ↓ خُوَّانٌ, [accord. to the CK, each is with ال, but this seems to be a mis take, (see شَهْرٌ,)] The month [latterly called]

رَبِيعٌ الأَوَّلَ: pl. أَخْوِنَةٌ: (K:) but ISd says, "I know not how this is." (TA.) خُوَّانٌ: see what next precedes.

الخَوَّانَةُ i. q. الاِسْتُ [meaning (assumed tropical:) The anus]. (TA.) خَائِنٌ and ↓ خَائِنَةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) the latter an intensive epithet, (S, Msb,) like عَلَّامَةٌ and نَسَّابَةٌ, (S,) [and also fem. of خَائِنٌ,] and ↓ خَؤُونٌ and ↓ خَوَّانٌ, (K,) [which are likewise intensive epithets,] Unfaithful, or acting unfaithfully, to the confidence, or trust, reposed in him; (K;) [treacherous, perfidious, or unfaithful; or acting treacherously, perfidiously, or unfaithfully: thus the first signifies: the others signifying very un faithful, &c.:] pl. [of the first] خَوَنَةٌ, (S, M, K,) which is anomalous, (M,) like حَوَكَةٌ [pl. of حَائِكٌ], (S,) and خُوَّانٌ. (K.) [Hence,] خَائِنٌ النَّظَرِ Looking treacherously, and clandestinely, at a thing at which it is not allowable to look. (TA.) b2: خَائِنُ العَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [The languid in respect of the eye] is an appellation applied to the lion; (K, TA;) because of a languidness in his eye when he looks. (TA.) خَائِنَةٌ: see خَائِنٌ.

A2: It is also an inf. n. of خَانَ. (TA.) [Hence,] خَائِنَةٌ الأَعْيُنِ (as used in the Kur xl. 20, TA) A surreptitious look (JK, Mgh, K) at a thing at which it is not allowable to look: (JK, K:) or the looking with a look that induces suspicion or evil opinion: (Th, K:) or the making a sign with the eye to indicate a thing that one conceals in the mind: (TA:) or, as some say, the contracting of the eye, or eyes, by way of making an obscure indication: or the looking intentionally [at a thing at which it is not allowable to look]. (Msb.) إِخْوَانٌ: see خِوَانٌ, in two places.

A2: [It is also a pl. of أَخٌ: see art. اخو.]

مُتَخَوَّنٌ One to whom خِيَانَة [i. e. treachery, perfidy, or unfaithfulness,] is attributed. (TA.)

صفد

صفد

1 صَفَدَهُ, (S, M, A, Mgh, K,) aor. ـِ (S, M, Mgh, K,) inf. n. صَفْدٌ (S, M, Mgh) and صُفُودٌ; (M;) He bound him, bound him fast or made him fast, (S, M, A, Mgh, K,) shackled him, or fettered him, in iron &c., (M,) or with iron, (A,) or with a [collar of iron put upon the neck or around the neck and hands together, such as is called] غُلّ; (L;) and ↓ صفّدهُ, (M, K,) inf. n. تَصْفِيدٌ, (S,) signifies the same; (S, M, K;) and so ↓ اصفدهُ, (K,) or this last has a different signification from the two other verbs mentioned above, as expl. below. (L.) 2 صَفَّدَ see above. b2: [Hence,] one says, صَفَّدْتُهُ, بِكَلَامِى, inf. n. تَصْفِيدٌ I overcame him by my speech. (A, TA.) 4 اصفدهُ, (S, M, A, L,) inf. n. إِصْفَادٌ, (S,) He gave him; (S, M, A, L;) gave him freely, or gratuitously; (L;) property, or a slave: (S:) it is doubly trans. (M.) One says, إِنْ أَفَدْتَنِى حَرْفًا فَقَدْ أَصْفَدْتَنِى أَلْفًأ [If thou teach me a word, verily thou givest me what is worth a thousand dirhems]. (A, TA.) A2: See also 1.

صَفْدٌ: see the next paragraph, in three places.

صَفَدٌ A bond; (S, K, TA;) as also ↓ صَفْدٌ: (TA:) or, (M, A,) as also ↓ صَفْدٌ, (M,) i. q. ↓ صِفَادٌ, (M, A,) which signifies a rope, (M,) or a thong, (S, K,) or a shackle, or fetter, (S, A, K,) or a [collar of iron which is put upon the neck or around the neck and hands together, such as is called] غُلّ, (S, M, A,) with which one is made fast, (M,) or with which a captive is made fast: (S, A, K:) pl. أَصْفَادٌ, [expl. in the S and A and K as signifying shackles, or fetters,] the only known pl., though of the form of a pl. of pauc. (M.) b2: Also A gift; (S, M, A, K;) [said to be] so called because he upon whom it is conferred is bound thereby; (Ksh and Bd in xxxviii. 37;) and so ↓ صَفْدٌ: (M:) pl. as above. (L.) One says, الصَّفَدُ صَفَدٌ The gift is a shackle, or fetter. (A.) b3: And i. q. ثَنَآءٌ [which generally means Praise, eulogy, or commendation; but is said by some to mean also the contr.]. (M.) صِفَادٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

نَهِىَ عَنْ صَلَاةِ الصَّافِدِ The praying of him who puts his feet together as though they were fettered is forbidden. (L, from a trad.) إِصْفِدٌ is used by a poet for إِصْفِنْطٌ [q. v.]. (M.)

صيف

صيف

1 صَافَ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَيْفٌ, (TA,) He, or it, (a company of men, M, Msb,) remained, stayed, dwelt, or abode, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) during the [season called] صَيْف, (S, O,) or during his, or their, صَيْف, (O, Msb,) or during a صَيْف, (K,) بِهِ in it, (S, M, O, K,) i. e. in a place; (S, M, O;) as also ↓ اصطاف, (S, O, * K, * TA,) and ↓ تصيّف; (S, * O, * K, * TA;) and بِالمَكَانِ ↓ اِصَّيَّفَ is like ↓ صَيَّفَ [probably a mistranscription for تَصَيَّفَ, of which اِصَّيَّفَ is a var., and of which, together with one of this var., an ex. will be found in what follows]: (TA:) you say, صِفْتُ بِمَكَانِ كَذَا [I remained during the صَيْف in such a place], and in like manner صِفْتُهُ, and ↓ تَصَيَّفْتُهُ, and ↓ صَيَّفْتُهُ [probably a mistranscription for ↓ اِصَّيَّفْتُهُ, as seems to be indicated by what here follows]: (M:) a Hudhalee says, تَصَيَّفْتُ نُعْمَانَ وَاصَّيَّفَتْ [I remained during the صَيْف in Noamán, and she remained during the صَيْف]. (M, TA.) b2: And صِيفَتِ الأَرْضُ, (S, M, O, K,) a verb of the class of عُنِىَ, (K,) originally صُيِفَت, (TA,) The land was rained upon by the rain of the [season called] صَيْف. (S, M, O. *) And صِفْنَا, of the measure فُعِلْنَا, like خُرِفْنَا and رُبِعْنَا, We were rained upon by the rain of the صَيْف: (S:) and in like manner ↓ صُيِّفْنَا. (M, TA. *) A2: صاف السَّهْمُ عَنِ الهَدَفِ, (S, M, O, Msb, * K, *) aor. ـِ (S, O, K,) inf. n. صَيْفٌ (S, M, O, Msb, K) and صَنيْفُوفَةٌ (S, M, O) and مَصِيفٌ, (M,) The arrow turned aside from the butt: (S, M, O, Msb, K:) a dial. var. of صاف having for its aor. ـُ and inf. n. صَوْفٌ. (O, Msb, * K.) b2: And صاف الفَحْلُ عَنْ طَرُوقَتِهِ The stallion-camel turned away from covering the female that he had covered. (M.) 2 صَيَّفَنِى It (a thing, S, O, K) sufficed me for my [season termed] صَيْفَة, (S, O, K,) or for my صَيْف: (Msb:) by the “ thing ” here spoken of is meant food, or a garment, or some other thing. (TA.) b2: See also 1, in three places.3 عَامَلَهُ مُصَايَفَةً (S, M, O, Msb, K) and صِيَافًا (Lh, M) is from الصَّيْفُ, (M, O, Msb,) like مُشَاهَرَةً (S, O, Msb, K) from الشَّهْرُ, (O, Msb,) and مُعَاوَمَةً (S, O) from العَامُ, (O,) i. e. [He made an engagement, or a contract, with him for work or the like] for the days of the صَيْف. (S.) And in like manner, اِسْتَأْجَرَهُ مُصَايَفَةً and صِيَافًا [He hired him, or took him as a hired man or hireling, for the period of the صَيْف]. (M.) 4 اصافوا They entered the [season called] صَيْف: (S, M, O, Msb, K:) like أَشْتَوْا meaning “ They entered the [season called] شِتَآء. ” (TA.) b2: and اصافت She (a camel) brought forth in the صَيْف. (M.) b3: [Hence,] اصاف said of a man, (tropical:) He had offspring born to him [in the summer of his age, i. e.] when he was old, or advanced in age: (S, M, O, K, TA:) or he had no offspring born to him until he was advanced in age, or old. (L, TA.) And (tropical:) He abstained from women while a young man, and then married when old, or advanced in age. (M, TA.) A2: اصاف اللّٰهُ عَنِّى شَرَّ فُلَانٍ God turned away, or may God turn away, from me the evil, or mischief, of such a one: (S, O, K: *) belonging to this art. and to art. صوف. (O, TA.) 5 تَصَيَّفَ, and its var. اِصَّيَّفَ: see 1, first sentence, in four places.8 إِصْتَيَفَ see 1, first sentence.

صَافٌ: see صَائِفٌ: A2: and see also art. صوف.

صَيْفٌ as signifying A certain portion of the year is said by ISk to be fem.: (TA, voce شِتَآءٌ; q. v.:) [but by others I find it treated as masc.:] the صَيْف as meaning one of the seasons is well known: (M:) Lth says, it is one of the quarters of the year; and is applied by the vulgar to a half of the year [i. e. to the half-year commencing at the vernal equinox; the other half-year being called by them the شِتَآء]: Az says, it is, with the Arabs, the division which the vulgar in El-'Irák and Khurásán call the رَبِيع [i. e. the spring]; it consists of three months; and the division that next follows it is with the Arabs the قَيْظ; and in it is the جَمْرَة [q. v.] of the قِيْظ; then, after this, is the division called the خَرِيف; and then, after this, the division called the شِتَآء: (TA:) [i. e.] it is the quarter of the year vulgarly called the رَبِيع, commencing when the sun enters Aries: but is applied by the vulgar to the قَيْظ, which is the [summer, i. e.] the quarter commencing when the sun enters Cancer: (Msb in art. زمن; q. v.:) [F says,] the صَيْف is the قَيْظ [i. e. summer, or the hot season]; or [the season] after the رَبِيع: (K:) and [Sgh says,] the صَيْف is one of the divisions of the year; which is after the رَبِيع: (O:) [but unless this explanation in the O denote only a vulgar meaning, and the latter of the two explanations in the K be virtually a repetition, we must suppose that, in each of them, by the ربيع is meant the season of rain thus termed, which ends in March: (see the latter of the two tables which I have inserted voce زَمَنٌ:) most probably, I think, both have been faultily transcribed from what here follows; for the S is largely copied in the O, and the S and O are among the principal sources of the K, which generally follows the O when it differs (rightly or wrongly) from the S:] the صَيْف is one of the divisions of the year; which is after [that called] الرَّبِيعُ الأَوَّلُ and before [that called] القَيْظُ: (S:) [this admits of two renderings, both of which are correct; namely, the quarter after the season of two months called الربيع الاوّل (which ends in March) and before the quarter called القيظ (which is summer); and also the season of two months after that called الربيع الاوّل and before the similar season called القيظ: (see the former of the two tables to which I have referred above:) but probably the latter only was meant by him who first gave. this explanation:] the pl. is أَصْيَافٌ (M, O, K) and صُيُوفٌ: (M, Msb:) ↓ صَيْفَةٌ is a more particular term [app. meaning A single صَيْف; (see 2;)]; it is like شَتْوَةٌ [q. v.]; (O, K;) and its pl. is صِيَفٌ, like بِدَرٌ pl. of بَدْرَةٌ. (Fr, O, K.) الصَّيْفَ ضَيَّعْتِ اللَّبَنَ is a saying expl. in art. ضيع [q. v.]. (O, K.) b2: الصَّيْفُ also signifies The rain that comes in the [season called] صَيْف; (S, O, Msb, K;) [see, again, the second of the tables to which I have referred above, and see also نَوْ ٌ;] and (O, K) so ↓ الصَّيِّفُ; (M, O, K;) also signifying the herbage thereof: (M:) or, (K,) accord. to Lth, (O,) the latter signifies the rain that falls after the division [a mistake for the rain] called the رَبِيع; (O, K;) and so the former; (K;) and it is also called ↓ الصَّيْفِىُّ; (O, K;) which likewise signifies the herbage thereof. (TA.) Hence the prov., relating to the completing of the performance of a needful affair, تَمَامُ الرَّبِيعِ الصَّيْفُ [The completion of the rain called the ربيع is that called the صيف]: for the rain called the ربيع is the first rain, and the صيف is that which is [next] after it. (TA.) b3: آيَةُ الصَّيْفِ is [A verse] in the end (آخِر) of سُورَةُ النِّسَآءِ [the 4th chapter of the Kur-án, but which verse I know not], mentioned in a tradition. (TA.) A2: Also The female of the بُوم [or owl]. (Kr, M.) صَيْفَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, latter half.

صَيْفِىٌّ A thing of, or belonging to, the [season called] صَيْف. (S, O.) b2: A young camel born in the صَيْف. (M.) [And in like manner a sheep or goat: see صَفَرِىٌّ.] b3: And [hence,] (assumed tropical:) A son born to a father [in the summer of his age, i. e.] old, or advanced in age. (S, M, O.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce رِبْعِىٌّ.] b4: See also صَيْفٌ, near the end of the paragraph. b5: صَيْفِيَّةٌ [used as a subst., or as an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant, for مِيرَةٌ صَيْفِيَّةٌ,] and ↓ صَائِفَةٌ signify The مِيرَة [or provision of corn &c.] in the first part of the صَيْف [here meaning spring]; i. e. the second ميرة; for the first of the مِيرَ is the رِبْعِيَّة, then the صَيْفِيَّة, then the دَفَئِيَّة, and then the رَمَضِــيَّة: (M:) or the ↓ صَائِفَة of a people is their مِيرَة in the صَيْف. (S, O, K.) [See مِيرَةٌ.] b6: [صَيْفِيَّةٌ is also applied to The latter, or last, season of the bringing forth of camels; so in an explanation of هُبَعٌ in the S and TA.]

صَيْفِيَّةٌ [fem. of صَيْفِىٌّ: and also used as a subst., or as an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant: see the latter word].

صَائِفٌ is used as an imitative sequent in the phrase صَيْفٌ صَائِفٌ, (S, O, K,) meaning A warm, or hot, [spring or] summer: (PS:) a phrase like لَيْلٌ لَائِلٌ &c. (S, O.) And one says يَوْمٌ صَائِفٌ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) meaning A hot day; (O, K;) and ↓ يَوْمٌ صَافٌ (S, O, K) was sometimes said, meaning صَائِفٌ; like يَوْمٌ رَاحٌ [as meaning رَائِحٌ]: (S:) and لَيْلَةٌ صَائِفَةٌ [a hot night]. (S, O, Msb.) b2: And مَطَرٌ صَائِفٌ [app. Rain coming in the صَيْف, meaning spring; as also ↓ مُصِيفٌ, occurring in a verse cited voce رَسَمَ, q. v.]. (M.) See also صَافٍ in art. صفو.

صَائِفَةٌ [fem. of صَائفٌ, q. v. b2: Also, as a subst.,] A warring, or warring and plundering, expedition in the صَيْف [i. e. either spring or summer]: (M, Mgh, and Ham p. 239:) pl. صَوَائِفُ. (Mgh, and Ham ib.) And [particularly] (Mgh) A warring, or warring and plundering, expedition against the Greeks (الرُّوم): because they [i. e. the Arabs] used to go on expeditions of this kind in the صيف, (S, Mgh, O, K,) and to return in the winter, (Mgh,) on account of the cold and snow. (S, O, K.) And they said, وَلِىَ فُلَانٌ الصَّائِفَةَ, meaning Such a one was commander of the army going on a warring, or warring and plundering, expedition in the صَيْف: (Ham ubi suprà:) [but Mtr says,] he who explains صَائِفَةٌ as meaning the place [of], or the army [engaged in, such an expedition], errs: [adding that the Hanafee Imám] Mohammad has used the phrase الصَّوَائِفُ وَنَحْوُهَا مِنَ العَسَاكِرِ العِظَامِ either by surmise or by extension of the [proper] meaning. (Mgh.) b3: See also صَيْفِىٌّ, in two places.

A2: Also The time, or season of the صَيْف. (M, TA.) الصَّيِّفُ: see صَيْفٌ, last quarter of the paragraph.

صَيِّفَةٌ, originally صَيْوِفَةٌ: see art. صوف.

مَصِيفٌ A place of remaining, staying, dwelling, or abiding, during the [season called] صَيْف; (S, O, TA;) as also ↓ مُصْطَافٌ (S, K, TA) and ↓ مُتَصَيَّفٌ: (TA:) and a time thereof: (Sb, M, TA:) pl. مَصَايِفُ. (Msb.) b2: And A place in which dates are dried in the [season called] صَيْف. (Har p. 165.) A2: [Also part. n. of the verb in the phrase صِيفَتِ الأَرْضُ:] you say أَرْضٌ مَصِيفَةٌ and ↓ مَصْيُوفَةٌ Land rained upon by the rain of the [season called] صَيْف. (S, M, O, K.) A3: Also, applied to a channel in which water flows, Winding, or tortuous: (S, M:) from صَافَ, like مَضِيقٌ from ضَاقَ. (S.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce كَرَبَةٌ: and see also مَضِيفٌ.]

مُصِيفٌ: see صائِفٌ. b2: Also, (M, O, K,) and مُصِيفَةٌ, (O, K,) [in the CK, erroneously, مَصِيفٌ and مَصِيفَةٌ,] and ↓ مِصْيَافٌ, (M, O, K,) applied to a she-camel, (M, O, K,) That has brought forth in the [season called] صَيْف: (M, L, TA:) or having with her her young one: (O, K, TA:) pl. of the last مَصَايِيفُ. (TA in art. جر.) b3: and [hence,] the first, (tropical:) A man having a child born to him [in the summer of his age, i. e.] when he is old, or advanced in age. (TA.) مِصْيَافٌ, applied to land (أَرْضٌ), Having in it abundance of the rain of the [season called] صَيْف. (O, K.) b2: And, so applied, Late in producing herbage. (O, K.) b3: See also مُصِيفٌ. b4: [Hence,] (tropical:) A man who does not take a wife until he has whiteness in the hair of his head mixed with the blackness thereof. (O, K.) مَصْيُوفَة: see مَصِيفٌ.

مُصْطَافٌ: see مَصِيفٌ.

مَتَصَيَّفٌ: see مَصِيفٌ.

صرى

صر

ى1 صَرِىَ, (S, M, Msb,) aor. ـَ (Msb,) inf. n. صَرًى, (M, Msb,) said of water, It remained, or stagnated, long: or it remained long, and became altered [for the worse]: (S, Msb:) or, said of water and of milk, it remained so that its flavour became altered [for the worse]: (M:) or, said of milk, it remained undrawn from the udder, so that its flavour became bad, or corrupt. (TA.) And صَرِىَ الدَّمْعُ The tears collected [in the eye] and did not run. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] صَرِيَتِ النَّاقَةُ, (Fr, M, Msb, TA,) aor. as above, (Msb,) and so the inf. n.; (M, Msb, TA;) but Ibn-Buzurj says صَرَت, aor. ـِ (TA;) The she-camel's milk became collected in her udder; (M, Msb, TA;) as also ↓ أَصْرَت. (M, TA.) b3: And صَرِىَ فِى يَدِهِ, (S, M, IKtt, TA,) with kesr; (S, TA;) or صَرَى فِى

يَدِهِ;) (thus accord. to the K;) He (a man) remained in his hand, as a pledge, (S, M, K, TA,) held in custody. (S, K, TA.) b4: And صِرىِ [thus written without any syll. sign, app. صرِى,] i. q. اِنْقَطَعَ [It, or he, became cut off, cut short, or stopped; &c.: quasi-pass. of صَرَاهُ in one of the senses of the latter]: from IAar. (TA.) A2: صَرَاهُ, (IKtt, Msb, TA,) aor. ـِ (Msb,) inf. n. صَرْىٌ, (IKtt, Msb, TA,) He confined it, namely, water, in a resting-place or a vessel; and in like manner, milk, and tears: (IKtt, TA:) or he collected it, namely, water, and it remained long and became altered [for the worse], or remained or stagnated long; and in like manner, but in an intensive sense, ↓ صرّاهُ. (Msb.) One says also of cows [and the like], تَصْرِى اللَّبَنَ فِى ضُرُوعِهِنَّ They confine and collect the milk in their udders. (TA.) And [of a man] one says, صَرَى المَآءَ فِى ظَهْرِهِ زَمَانًا He retained the ماء [i. e. sperma] in his back a long time, (S, M, K, *) by abstaining from sexual intercourse. (M, K.) b2: [Hence,] صَرَيْتُهَا, (M, Msb,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَرْىٌ; (Msb;) and ↓ صَرَّيْتُهَا, (S, M, Msb,) inf. n. تَصْرِيَةٌ, (S, Msb,) but the latter verb has an intensive meaning; (Msb;) and ↓ أَصْرَيْتُهَا; (M;) namely, a ewe or she-goat, (S,) or a she-camel, (M, Msb,) and any other milch animal, (M,) I caused the milk to collect in her udder, (S, M, Msb,) by abstaining from milking her for some days. (S, M.) A3: Also, i. e. صَرَاهُ, (M, K,) aor. ـِ (K,) inf. n. صَرْىٌ, (M,) i. q. قَطَعَهُ [He cut it off, cut it short, or stopped it; &c.]; (M, K;) namely, a thing. (M.) You say, صَرَى بَوْلَهُ, inf. n. as above, meaning قَطَعَهُ [He, or it, cut short, or stopped, his urine]. (S.) And صَرَيْتُ المَآءَ [app. I cut short, or stopped, the drawing of the water; for it is expl. as said] إِذَا اسْتَقَيْتَ ثُمَّ قَطَعْتَ. (S.) and مَا يَصْرِيكَ مِنِّى أَىْ عَبْدِى, occurring in a trad., means What cuts short (يَقْطَعُ) thine asking of Me [O my servant]? (TA.) b2: And i. q. دَفَعَهُ [He repelled it]. (M, K.) One says, صَرَى اللّٰهُ عَنْهُ شَرَّهُ i. e. دَفَعَ [God repelled, or may God repel, from him his, or its, evil, or mischief]. (S.) b3: And i. q. مَنَعَهُ [He prevented it, &c.]. (S, M, K.) Dhu-r-Rummeh says, وَوَدَّعْنَ مُشْتَاقًا أَصَبْنَ فُؤَادَهُ هَوَاهُنَّ إِنْ لَمْ يَصْرِهِ اللّٰهُ قَاتِلُهْ [And they bade farewell to one affected with desire, whose heart they had smitten; the love of them, if God had not prevented it, had been his slayer]. (S. [But this verse may be well rendered as an ex. of صَرَاهُ in the sense next following, which is also a meaning of مَنَعَهُ: in the M, it is cited as an ex. of صَرَاهُ in the sense of دَفَعَهُ.]) b4: Said of God, (M,) He protected, defended, guarded, or preserved, him: (M, K:) or (M) He saved him (M, K) from destruction, or perdition: (K:) or (M) He sufficed him: (M, K:) or He aided him. (TA.) b5: صَرَى بَيْنَهُمْ, (K,) or صَرَى

مَا بَيْنَهُمْ, (S, M,) He decided [between them, or the case between them]; (S, K;) namely, persons who had applied to him as a judge: (S:) or he rectified, or adjusted, the case between them. (M.) A4: صَرَى also signifies عَطَفَ [He bent, or inclined]: (K, TA:) [app. intrans., or trans. by means of بِ, for] a poet uses the phrase صَرَيْنَ بِالأَعْنَاقِ [They bent, or inclined, with the necks]. (TA.) [But it is said in the TK that صَرَاهُ meansعَطَفَهُ He bent, or inclined, it.] Accord. to Ibn-Buzurj, صَرَتِ النَّاقَةُ عُنُقَهَا means The she-camel raised her neck by reason of the heaviness of the burden. (TA.) A5: Also He preceded, or went before; syn. تَقَدَّمَ. (IAar, K.) [Accord. to the TK, one says صَرَى القَوْمَ, meaning تَقَدَّمَهُمْ He preceded, or went before, the people, or party.]

b2: And [the contr., i. e.] He receded, or retreated; or became, or remained, or lagged, behind; syn. تَأَخَّرَ. (IAar, K.) [Accord. to the TK, one says صَرَى عَنْهُمْ, meaning He receded, or retreated, from them; &c.]. b3: Also He, or it, was, or became, high; syn. عَلَا. (IAar, K.) b4: And the contr., i. e. He, or it, was, or became, low; syn. سَفُلَ. (IAar, K.) 2 صَرَّىَ see 1, former half, in two places.4 أَصْرَىَ see 1, former half, in two places. b2: اصرى also signifies He sold a ewe or she-goat, (K, TA,) or a she-camel, (TA,) whose milk had been caused to collect in her udder in consequence of her not having been milked for some days; such as is termed مُصَرَّاةٌ. (K, TA.) 8 اِصْدَرَاهُ i. q. اِزْدَرَاهُ [the د in each being substituted for ت]: see the latter, in art. زرى.

صَرًى, (S, M, Msb, K,) an inf. n. used as an epithet, (Msb,) and ↓ صِرًى, (S, M, K,) [and Freytag adds ↓ صُرًى, as from the K, in which I do not find it,] Water remaining, or stagnating, long, accord. to Fr; (S;) or that has remained, or stagnated, long: (Msb:) or water remaining long, (K,) or that has remained long, and become altered [for the worse], (S, M, Msb,) accord. to AA. (S.) And the first, (M, K,) an inf. n. used as an epithet, (TA,) Milk that has remained (M, K) long (K) so that its flavour has become altered [for the worse]; (M, K;) as also ↓ صَرٍ, which is in like manner applied to water: (M:) or milk left [long] in the udder of the camel, not drawn, so that it becomes salt and windy: (IAar, TA:) or milk drawn in the night from a camel abounding therewith, having a bad and burning flavour. (Az, TA.) And, (M, K,) some say, (M,) [used as a subst.,] A portion remaining (M, K) of milk (M) in the udder, (Ham p. 661,) and of water. (TA.) And Tears (دَمْعٌ) that have become collected: and the sing. [or epithet applied to a single tear (دَمْعَةٌ)] is صَرَاةٌ. (M.) And نُطْفَةٌ صَرَاةٌ [Sperma of a man] altered [ for the worse]: and long retained by him in his back. (M. [This is also mentioned in the S, app. in the latter of these senses; the meaning being there only indicated by the context.]) b2: For the fem., صَرَاةٌ, see also مُصَرَّاةٌ.

صُرًى: see صَرًى, first sentence: b2: and see also مُصَرَّاةٌ.

صرًى: see صَرًى, first sentence. b2: In relation to a she-camel it is Her being pregnant twelve months, and bringing forth, and then yielding her biestings, or having her biestings milked: mentioned by Az. (TA. [But what is meant by this is, to me, doubtful; for sometimes an inf. n., and sometimes and epithet, and sometimes a subst., is expl. in this manner.]) صَرٍِ [part. n. of صَرِىَ]: see صَرًى. b2: Also A she-camel whose milk has collected in her udder. (Msb.) [See also مُصَرَّاةٌ.]

صَرْيَةٌ Milk collected [in the udder]: a poet says, وَكُلُّ ذِى صَرْيَةٍ لَا بُدَّ مَحْلُوبُ [And whatever udder has milk must be milked]. (TA.) صَرْيَآءُ: see مُصَرَّاةٌ.

صَرْيَانُ, applied to a man and to a beast, Whose مَآء [i. e. sperma] has collected in his back. (TA.) A2: Also The [bird called] يَمَامَة [n. un. of يَمَامٌ, q. v.]: and the [bird called] سَمَامَة [n. un. of سَمَامٌ, q. v.]. (TA.) صَرَآءٌ Colocynths (S, M, K, in the CK [erroneously] صِراءٌ [expressly said in the TA to be with fet-h and medd,]) when they become yellow; (S, M;) as also صَرَايَاتٌ: (so in one of my copies of the S [in which it is shown to be correct by an ex. in a verse of Suleyk there cited: in the M and TA صَرَايَا, which I think a mistranscription]: in the other of my copies of the S omitted:) one thereof is termed ↓ صَرَايَةٌ. (S, M, K. *) [In the M and K, صَرَآءٌ is termed pl. of صَرَايَةٌ; but it is properly speaking a coll. gen. n., originally صَرَاىٌ.]

b2: ↓ صَرَايَةٌ also signifies The water in which colocynths have been steeped. (M, K.) صَرِىٌّ One who acts with boldness towards the wife of his father: (K, TA:) such was Ibn-Mukbil. (TA.) صَرَايَةٌ: see صَرَآءٌ, in two places.

صُرَّى: see مُصَرَّاةٌ, below.

صَارٍ [act. part. n. of صَرَى: as such signifying] Guarding or preserving [&c.], or a guarder or preserver [&c.]. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] A sailor: (S, M, K:) because he guards, or preserves, the ship: (TA:) pl. صُرَّآءٌ (S, M, K) and (M, K) pl. pl. (M) صَرَارِىُّ and صَرَارِيُّونَ. (M, K. [But see صَرَارِىٌّ in art. صر.]) b3: Also [said to signify] The transverse piece of wood in the middle of the ship: (M, K:) [but] IAth says that it is the دَقَل [i. e. mast] of the ship, which is set up in the middle thereof, and upon which is the شِرَاع [or sail: it is now commonly called ↓ صَارِيَةٌ and سَارِيَةٌ: both of which are also sometimes applied to a column]: pl. صَوَارٍ. (TA.) صَارِيَةٌ A well (رَكِيَّةٌ) of which the water is old, altered for the worse, and overspread with [the green substance termed] عَــرْمَض: (K, * TA:) mentioned by Az. (TA.) A2: See also صَارٍ, last sentence.

مُصَرَّاةٌ A ewe, or she-goat, whose milk has been caused to collect in her udder by her not having been milked for some days; (S, K;) as also ↓ صُرَّى, like رُبَّى; (so in copies of the K; [but this, if correct, should be mentioned in art. صر, in which the former is also mentioned; accord. to the TA, however, it seems to be ↓ صُرًى, without teshdeed, for it is there said to be like رُبى;]) both likewise applied to a she-camel, and to a cow; (TA;) and ↓ صَرَاةٌ signifies the same, (K,) applied to a she-camel and to a ewe or she-goat; (TA;) and so, applied to a she-camel, ↓ صَرْيَآءُ, of which the pl. is صَرَايَا, (M, K,) an irreg. pl. (M.) [See also صَرٍ.] b2: Aboo-'Alee, in the Bári', makes it syn. with مَصْرُورَةٌ; and so says the Imám EshSháfi'ee; as though originally مُصَرَّرَةٌ: but Suh, in the R, disallows this. (TA.)

سخد

سخد



سُخْدٌ [The matter contained in the secundines;] a yellow, thick water [or fluid], that comes forth with the fœtus; (S, M, K;) as also سُخْتٌ: (M, TA:) hence, in a trad., the appearance upon the face produced by excitement from remaining awake during the night is termed, by way of comparison, سُخْد upon the face: (S, * L:) or blood and water in the membrane that envelops the fœtus of a beast: or what comes forth with the membrane that envelops the fœtus: said to be peculiar to the human species: or common to the human species and beasts: (L:) or the water [or fluid] in that membrane; as also سُخْتٌ and نُخْطٌ and فَقْءٌ: (IAar, TA in art. فقأ:) or [the placenta; i. e.] a thing like the liver, or like the spleen, compact, which is in the membrane that envelops the fœtus of a beast: sometimes children play with it: or that membrane itself: and i. q. رَهَلٌ [which is expl. as meaning yellow water in the سُخْدٍ, and it is also the inf. n. of رَهِلَ, q. v.]: and صُخْدٌ is a dial. var. thereof in all its senses, those above mentioned and those following. (L.) b2: Also The urine of a camel's fœtus (فَصِيل) in its mother's belly. (L.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) Yellowness in the face [as in the trad. above mentioned]. (L.) مُسَخَّدٌ (assumed tropical:) Having the stomach in a heaving state, agitated by a tendency to vomit, or disordered; (K;) yellow, (S, K,) heavy, (S,) and swollen, (S, K,) by disease or by some other cause. (TA.)

سرد

سرد

1 سَرڤدَ سَرَدَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. سَرْدٌ, He carried on a thing, or put it forward from one stage to another, in regular order, consecutively, or one part immediately after another, uninterruptedly; he made it consecutive, successive, or uninterrupted, in its progressions, or gradations, or the like: (M, L:) [and so ↓ سرّد, inf. n. تَسْرِيدٌ; or this may have an intensive signification.] b2: You say, سَرَدَ الدِّرْعَ, (A,) [aor. and] inf. n. as above, (S, K,) He fabricated the coat of mail (S, A, K) by inserting the rings one into another: (S, A:) [and so (as appears from an explanation of its pass. part. n.) ↓ سرّدها; or this may have an intensive signification:] and زَرَدَهَا signifies the same. (K in art. زرد.) [See also سَرْدٌ below.] b3: And سَرَدَ الشَّىْءَ (M,) inf. n. as above; (M, K;) and ↓ سرّدهُ, (M,) inf. n. تَسْرِيدٌ; (K;) and ↓ اسردهُ, (M,) inf. n. إِسْرَادٌ; (TA;) He perforated the thing [as one does in fabricating a coat of mail, (see, again, سَرْدٌ, below,) and in sewing leather]: (M, K:) some say that سَرْدٌ signifies the act of perforating. (S.) b4: And سَرَدَ النَّعْلَ وَغَيْرَهَا, [inf. n. as above and سِرَادٌ,] He sewed the sandal &c.; (A;) [as also ↓ سرّد, for] سَرْدٌ (S, K) and سِرَادٌ (K.;) and ↓ تَسْرِيدٌ (S, K) signify the sewing of leather. (S, K.) b5: And سَرَدَ خُفَّ البَعِيرِ, inf. n. سَرْدٌ, i. q. خَصَفَهُ بِالقِدِّ [app. meaning He covered the camel's foot with thongs interwoven]. (M.) b6: and سَرَدَ الحَدِيثَ (M, A, Msb) وَنَحْوَهُ, (M,) aor. ـُ (S, M, Msb,) inf. n. سَرْدٌ; (S, M, Msb, K;) and ↓ سرّدهُ; (TA;) (tropical:) He carried on, or continued, uninterruptedly, (S, * M, A, Msb, K, *) and well, (S, K,) the narrative, or tradition, or discourse, (S, M, A, Msb, K,) and the like; (M;) and in like manner,القِرَآءَةَ the recitation, or reading: (A:) from سَرَدَ الدِّرْعَ and النِّعَالَ [or النَّعْلَ, expl. above]: (Har p. 307:) and سَرَدَ القُرْآنَ He carried on, or continued, uninterruptedly and with rapidity the recitation, or reading, of the Kurn. (M, L.) And سَرَدَ الصَّوْمَ (Sudot;, K *) or الصِّيَامَ, (TA,) and صَوْمَهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. سَرْدٌ, (K,) (assumed tropical:) He continued uninterruptedly the fast, (S, K,) and his fast. (K. [See also what next follows.]) A2: سَرِدَ, aor. ـَ (K,) inf. n. سَرَدٌ, (TK,) He (a man, TA) fasted uninterruptedly. (K.) 2 سَرَّدَ see the preceding paragraph, in six places.4 أَسْرَدَ see 1.

A2: اسرد النَّخْلُ The palm-trees had hard green dates, which are termed سَرَاد. (K.) 5 تسرّد الدُّرُّ (tropical:) The pearls, or large pearls, followed one another, or did so uninterruptedly, upon the string. (A.) And تسرّد دَمْعُهُ كَمَا يَتَسَرَّدُ اللُّؤْلُؤُ (tropical:) His tears followed one another, or did so uninterruptedly, like as do pearls. (A.) and تسرّد الحَدِيثُ, and, القِرَآءَةُ, (tropical:) The narrative, or tradition, and the recitation, or reading, was carried on, or continued, uninterruptedly [and well: see 1]. (A.) Q. Q. 3 اِسْرَنْدَاهُ, (S, M, K,) inf. n. اِسْرِنْدَآءٌ, (S,) It (a thing, M) prevailed against him, or overcame him; (S, * M, K; *) like اِغْرَنْدَاهُ: (S, * K:) these two are said to be the only verbs of this measure: (TA:) [but several others should be added; as اِعْلَنْدَى and اِكْلَنْدَى and اِغْلَنْتَى:] the ى in اسرندى [and the like] is to render it quasi-coordinate to [quadriliteral-radical verbs of the measure] اِفْعَنْلَلَ. (S.) A rájiz says, قَدْ جَعَلَ النُّعَاسُ يَغْرَنْدِينِى

أَطْرُدُهُ عَنِّى وَيَسْرَنْدِينِى

[Drowsiness was beginning to prevail against me; I driving it from me, and it overcoming me]. (S, M; but in the latter, with أَدْفَعُهُ in the place of أَطْرُدُهُ.) سَرْدٌ inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (S, M, &c.) [Hence,] وَقَدِّرْ فِى السَّرْدِ, in the Kur xxxiv. 10, means and do thou make a due adaptation of the rings in the fabrication of the coats of mail: (Bd, Jel:) or and do thou properly adapt the nails, or pins, and the holes of the rings, [in the fabrication,] not making the former thick and the latter small, nor the reverse: (M, Bd, * L:) or السَّرْد meansالسَّمْر [i. e. the nailing, or the making firm, or fast, with nails], (Zj, M, L,) in this instance. (Zj, L.) A2: Also (assumed tropical:) Coats of mail; (S, M, L, K;) a gen. n. in this sense: (S, K:) [and a single coat of mail; like زَرْدٌ and زَرَدٌ:] and (tropical:) any other حَلَق [properly signifying rings, but here meaning mail]; (S, A, K;) [i. e.] it signifies also the like of coats of mail, made of حَلَق: (M, L:) [said to be] so called because the two extremities of each ring are perforated by the nail, or pin; and these rings are [termed] ↓ المُسْرَدُ: (L:) [if so, the word is an inf. n. used in the sense of a pass. part. n.,] see مَسْرُودٌ, [and then as a subst.; and, being originally an inf. n., it is used alike as sing. and pl.; or, as Z says,] it is an inf. n. used as a subst.: (A:) or السَّرْدُ, as some say, means السَّمْرُ, [as mentioned above,] and ↓ السَّرَدُ means الحَلَقُ [like الزَّرَدُ]. (M.) A3: Also (tropical:) Consecutive, or following one another: so in the phrase نُجُومٌ سَرْدٌ (tropical:) [Stars that are consecutive: the epithet retaining the masc. sing. form, though applied to a pl. subst., because originally an inf. n.; like عَدْلٌ in the phrase رِجَالٌ عَدْلٌ]. (A.) So too as an epithet applied to three of the sacred months, in the saying, ثَلَاثَةٌ سَرْدٌ وَوَاحِدٌ فَرْدٌ [Three are consecutive and one is separate]: (A:) thus an Arab of the desert answered when asked if he knew the sacred months: (S, M, Msb:) the سرد are Dhu-l-Kaadeh and Dhu-l-Hijjeh and El-Moharram, and the فرد is Rejeb. (S, M.) سَرَدٌ: see السَّرَدُ in the next preceding paragraph.

سَرَادٌ Hard green dates: (K:) and dates that are injured by want of water, (K, TA,) and consequently dry up before ripening: (TA:) or unripe dates that drop before attaining to maturity, while green: n. un. with ة: (AHn, M, TA:) or the latter signifies a date that becomes sweet before it becomes coloured, being such as is termed a بَلَحَة. (M, TA.) [See بُسْرٌ.]

A2: See also مِسْرَدٌ.

A3: [سَرَادٌ and سُرُودٌ said by Golius, and by Freytag after him, to signify the same as the “ Pers\.

رَمِيدَنْ Pavidum fugacemque esse,” as on the authority of the KL, are mistranscriptions for شِرَادٌ and شُرُودٌ, which I find thus expl. in the KL.]

سِرَادٌ: see مِسْرَدٌ سَرِيدٌ: see مِسْرَدٌ in two places.

سِرَادَةٌ The art of fabricating coats of mail; as also زِرَادَةٌ. (TA in art. زرد.) سَرَّادٌ A fabricator of coats of mail; (TA in art. زرد;) i. q. زَرَّادٌ. (M and TA in art. زرد.) b2: And A sewer of leather; (TA;) as also ↓ سَارِدٌ. (AA, L, TA.) سَرْمَدٌ: and سَرْمَدِىٌّ: see art. سرمد.

سَرَنْدًى Strong: (S, M, K:) or bold, daring, brave, or courageous: (M:) and quick in his affairs: (K:) or a man who goes on, or advances, boldly; derived from السَّرْدُ: (Sb, TA:) [accord. to Sb, therefore, this is its proper art; but accord. to the K, its proper art. is سرند, in which F mentions it again: it is perfectly decl., i. e., with tenween, for] the fem, is سَرَنْدَاةٌ. (S, TA.) b2: Also A sword that penetrates the thing that it strikes. (L.) سَارِدٌ: see سَرَّادٌ.

المُسْرَدُ: see سَرْدٌ.

مِسْرَدٌ (S, M, A, L, Msb) and ↓ سِرَادٌ (S, M, A, L) An instrument for perforating: (M, L, Msb:) and, (M,) or as some say, (Msb,) an instrument with which leather is sewed; (S;) syn. مِخْرَزٌ; (M, L, Msb;) or إِشْفًى; which is [said to be] the same thing as the مِخْرَز; (L;) as also ↓ سَرِيدٌ: (K:) or an [instrument of the kind called] إِشْفًى that has a hole at its extremity; (A;) and so ↓ سَرِيدٌ and ↓ سَرَادٌ. (TA: [but the last I think a mistake for سِرَاد.]) b2: [Hence,] one says, هُوَ ابْنُ مِسْرَدٍ, (K,) or هُوَ ابْنُ أُمِّ مِسْرَدٍ, (A,) (tropical:) He is the son of a female slave: (A, K:) because she is a sewer of skins, or leather: (A:) an expression of vituperation. (K.) b3: [Hence, likewise,] مِسْرَدٌ also signifies (tropical:) The tongue. (M, A.) So in the saying, فُلَانٌ يَخْرِقُ الأَعْرَاضَ بِمِسْرَدِهِ (tropical:) [Such a one wounds reputations with his tongue]. (A.) A2: Also A sandal having its لِسَان [or tongue, i. e. the thing projecting in its fore part,] faced with another piece sewed on. (M, L.) مُسَرَّدٌ; and its fem., with ة: see the next paragraph, in three places.

خَرْزٌ مَسْرُودٌ and ↓ مُسَرَّدٌ [app. A sewing of leather or skin carried on in regular and uninterrupted order]. (S. [In one of my copies of the S, I find خَرَز in the place of خَرْز; and so in the L; but the latter appears from the context to be the right reading.]) b2: And likewise دِرْعٌ مَسْرُودَةٌ and ↓ مُسَرَّدَةٌ, (S,) or دِرْعٌ مَسْرُودٌ, and ↓ لَبُوسٌ مُسَرَّدٌ, [though دِرْعٌ and لَبُوسٌ are both generally fem.,] and ↓ لَأْمَةٌ سَرْدٌ, [in which the epithet retains the masc. form because originally an inf. n., like عَدْلٌ in the phrase اِمْرَأَةٌ عَدْلٌ,] A coat of mail fabricated by inserting the rings one into another. (A.) And مَسْرُودَةٌ signifies A coat of mail (دِرْعٌ) perforated [in its rings]. (S.) لُؤْلُؤٌ مُتَسَرِّدٌ (tropical:) Pearls following one another, or doing so uninterruptedly. (A.) And مَاشٍ مُتَسَرِّدٌ (tropical:) One walking, or going, with consecutive, or uninterrupted, steps. (A.) مُسْرَنْدٍ [A thing] that overcomes one. (S.)
Learn Quranic Arabic from scratch with our innovative book! (written by the creator of this website)
Available in both paperback and Kindle formats.